diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'macros')
21 files changed, 1861 insertions, 780 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt index af20a60665..660a34563e 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt @@ -1,3 +1,10 @@ +2023-11-07 Ulrike Fischer + * improve thm code, issue 304 + * insert socket for varwidth, issue 204 and 293 + +2023-10-31 Ulrike Fischer + * hyperref-linktarget.dtx: switch to e-type + =========== Version: 2023-10-27 v7.01d diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md index db3ef2e790..0e47cc5012 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # README for hyperref bundle -Version 2023-10-27 v7.01d +Version 2023-11-07 v7.01e ## INTRODUCTION diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf Binary files differindex 6ee096db1f..1a9546b24e 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html index 074b2c47ed..c84196a6c6 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ href="https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues" class="url" ><span class="ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120">https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues</span></a><span class="ec-lmr-12">)</span></div><br /> <div class="date" ><span -class="ec-lmr-12">2023-10-27 v7.01d</span></div> +class="ec-lmr-12">2023-11-07 v7.01e</span></div> </div> <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a id="x1-1000"></a>Contents</h3> @@ -214,80 +214,82 @@ href="#x1-8800011.1.23" id="QQ2-1-88">natbib</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.24 <a href="#x1-8900011.1.24" id="QQ2-1-89">nomencl</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.25 <a -href="#x1-9000011.1.25" id="QQ2-1-90">ntheorem-hyper</a></span> +href="#x1-9000011.1.25" id="QQ2-1-90">ntheorem</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.26 <a -href="#x1-9100011.1.26" id="QQ2-1-91">prettyref</a></span> +href="#x1-9100011.1.26" id="QQ2-1-91">ntheorem-hyper</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.27 <a -href="#x1-9200011.1.27" id="QQ2-1-92">setspace</a></span> +href="#x1-9200011.1.27" id="QQ2-1-92">prettyref</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.28 <a -href="#x1-9300011.1.28" id="QQ2-1-93">sidecap</a></span> +href="#x1-9300011.1.28" id="QQ2-1-93">setspace</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.29 <a -href="#x1-9400011.1.29" id="QQ2-1-94">subfigure</a></span> +href="#x1-9400011.1.29" id="QQ2-1-94">sidecap</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.30 <a -href="#x1-9500011.1.30" id="QQ2-1-95">titleref</a></span> +href="#x1-9500011.1.30" id="QQ2-1-95">subfigure</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.31 <a -href="#x1-9600011.1.31" id="QQ2-1-96">tabularx</a></span> +href="#x1-9600011.1.31" id="QQ2-1-96">titleref</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.32 <a -href="#x1-9700011.1.32" id="QQ2-1-97">titlesec</a></span> +href="#x1-9700011.1.32" id="QQ2-1-97">tabularx</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.33 <a -href="#x1-9800011.1.33" id="QQ2-1-98">ucs/utf8x.def</a></span> +href="#x1-9800011.1.33" id="QQ2-1-98">titlesec</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.34 <a -href="#x1-9900011.1.34" id="QQ2-1-99">varioref</a></span> +href="#x1-9900011.1.34" id="QQ2-1-99">ucs/utf8x.def</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.35 <a -href="#x1-10000011.1.35" id="QQ2-1-100">verse</a></span> +href="#x1-10000011.1.35" id="QQ2-1-100">varioref</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.36 <a -href="#x1-10100011.1.36" id="QQ2-1-101">vietnam</a></span> +href="#x1-10100011.1.36" id="QQ2-1-101">verse</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.37 <a -href="#x1-10200011.1.37" id="QQ2-1-102">XeTeX</a></span> +href="#x1-10200011.1.37" id="QQ2-1-102">vietnam</a></span> +<br /> <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.38 <a +href="#x1-10300011.1.38" id="QQ2-1-103">XeTeX</a></span> <br /> <span class="sectionToc" >12 <a -href="#x1-10300012" id="QQ2-1-103">Limitations</a></span> +href="#x1-10400012" id="QQ2-1-104">Limitations</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >12.1 <a -href="#x1-10400012.1" id="QQ2-1-104">Wrapped/broken link support</a></span> +href="#x1-10500012.1" id="QQ2-1-105">Wrapped/broken link support</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >12.2 <a -href="#x1-10500012.2" id="QQ2-1-105">Links across pages</a></span> +href="#x1-10600012.2" id="QQ2-1-106">Links across pages</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >12.3 <a -href="#x1-10600012.3" id="QQ2-1-106">Footnotes</a></span> +href="#x1-10700012.3" id="QQ2-1-107">Footnotes</a></span> <br /> <span class="sectionToc" >13 <a -href="#x1-10700013" id="QQ2-1-107">Hints</a></span> +href="#x1-10800013" id="QQ2-1-108">Hints</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >13.1 <a -href="#x1-10800013.1" id="QQ2-1-108">Spaces in option values</a></span> +href="#x1-10900013.1" id="QQ2-1-109">Spaces in option values</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >13.2 <a -href="#x1-10900013.2" id="QQ2-1-109">Index with makeindex</a></span> +href="#x1-11000013.2" id="QQ2-1-110">Index with makeindex</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >13.3 <a -href="#x1-11000013.3" id="QQ2-1-110">Warning <span +href="#x1-11100013.3" id="QQ2-1-111">Warning <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">"bookmark level for unknown <foobar> defaults to 0"</span></a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >13.4 <a -href="#x1-11100013.4" id="QQ2-1-111">Link anchors in figures</a></span> +href="#x1-11200013.4" id="QQ2-1-112">Link anchors in figures</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >13.5 <a -href="#x1-11200013.5" id="QQ2-1-112">Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</a></span> +href="#x1-11300013.5" id="QQ2-1-113">Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >13.6 <a -href="#x1-11300013.6" id="QQ2-1-113">Footnotes</a></span> +href="#x1-11400013.6" id="QQ2-1-114">Footnotes</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >13.7 <a -href="#x1-11400013.7" id="QQ2-1-114">Subordinate counters</a></span> +href="#x1-11500013.7" id="QQ2-1-115">Subordinate counters</a></span> <br /> <span class="sectionToc" >14 <a -href="#x1-11500014" id="QQ2-1-115">History and acknowledgments</a></span> +href="#x1-11600014" id="QQ2-1-116">History and acknowledgments</a></span> <br /> <span class="sectionToc" >15 <a -href="#x1-11600015" id="QQ2-1-116">GNU Free Documentation License</a></span> +href="#x1-11700015" id="QQ2-1-117">GNU Free Documentation License</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >15.1 <a -href="#x1-11800015.1" id="QQ2-1-118">Applicability and definitions</a></span> +href="#x1-11900015.1" id="QQ2-1-119">Applicability and definitions</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >15.2 <a -href="#x1-11900015.2" id="QQ2-1-119">Verbatim copying</a></span> +href="#x1-12000015.2" id="QQ2-1-120">Verbatim copying</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >15.3 <a -href="#x1-12000015.3" id="QQ2-1-120">Copying in quantity</a></span> +href="#x1-12100015.3" id="QQ2-1-121">Copying in quantity</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >15.4 <a -href="#x1-12100015.4" id="QQ2-1-121">Modifications</a></span> +href="#x1-12200015.4" id="QQ2-1-122">Modifications</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >15.5 <a -href="#x1-12200015.5" id="QQ2-1-122">Combining documents</a></span> +href="#x1-12300015.5" id="QQ2-1-123">Combining documents</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >15.6 <a -href="#x1-12300015.6" id="QQ2-1-123">Collections of documents</a></span> +href="#x1-12400015.6" id="QQ2-1-124">Collections of documents</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >15.7 <a -href="#x1-12400015.7" id="QQ2-1-124">Aggregation with independent works</a></span> +href="#x1-12500015.7" id="QQ2-1-125">Aggregation with independent works</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >15.8 <a -href="#x1-12500015.8" id="QQ2-1-125">Translation</a></span> +href="#x1-12600015.8" id="QQ2-1-126">Translation</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >15.9 <a -href="#x1-12600015.9" id="QQ2-1-126">Termination</a></span> +href="#x1-12700015.9" id="QQ2-1-127">Termination</a></span> <br /> <span class="subsectionToc" >15.10 <a -href="#x1-12700015.10" id="QQ2-1-127">Future revisions of this license</a></span> +href="#x1-12800015.10" id="QQ2-1-128">Future revisions of this license</a></span> </div> <!--l. 179--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1 </span> <a @@ -297,9 +299,9 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>has a long history and has seen many changes over time. The introduction mentions workflows, drivers and problems that are no longer (or only in edge cases) relevant. The documentation reflects this varied history: changes and extensions and explanations were and are spread over various papers and sources or have -been incorporated later and so are not always in a coherent order and in sync which each +been incorporated later and so are not always in a coherent order and in sync which each other. <!--l. 187--><p class="indent" > This history is continuing: If you are using the new <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> PDF management which is currently distributed as a testphase package <span @@ -4423,8 +4425,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> <!--l. 1409--><p class="noindent" >A base <span class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span>is established, which is prepended to other specified URLs, to make it easier to write -portable documents. -<!--l. 1412--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-19" class="tabular" +portable documents. When creating a PDF the command can be used only once as the <span +class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span>is written +into the catalog. +<!--l. 1413--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-19" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-19-1g"><col id="TBL-19-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4437,12 +4441,12 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1416--><p class="noindent" >The link to the image referenced by the URL is inserted, using <span +<!--l. 1417--><p class="noindent" >The link to the image referenced by the URL is inserted, using <span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>as the anchor. -<!--l. 1419--><p class="indent" > For drivers that produce HTML, the image itself is inserted by the browser, with the <span +<!--l. 1420--><p class="indent" > For drivers that produce HTML, the image itself is inserted by the browser, with the <span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>being ignored completely. -<!--l. 1422--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-20" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1423--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-20" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-20-1g"><col id="TBL-20-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4457,10 +4461,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1426--><p class="noindent" >A target area of the document (the <span +<!--l. 1427--><p class="noindent" >A target area of the document (the <span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span>) is marked, and given the name <span class="ec-lmri-10">category.name</span> -<!--l. 1429--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-21" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1430--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-21" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-21-1g"><col id="TBL-21-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4477,10 +4481,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1433--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 1434--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made into a link to <span class="ec-lmri-10">URL#category.name</span> -<!--l. 1435--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-22" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1436--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-22" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-22-1g"><col id="TBL-22-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4493,12 +4497,12 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1439--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 1440--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made into a link to the same place as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> would be linked. -<!--l. 1443--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-23" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1444--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-23" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-23-1g"><col id="TBL-23-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4511,7 +4515,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1446--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-24" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1447--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-24" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-24-1g"><col id="TBL-24-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4524,7 +4528,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1450--><p class="noindent" >A simple internal link is created with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1451--><p class="noindent" >A simple internal link is created with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span></span></span>, with two parameters of an anchor <span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span>, and anchor <span @@ -4533,13 +4537,13 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperlink</span></span></span> has two arguments, the name class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span></span></span>, and the <span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>which be used as the link on the page. -<!--l. 1456--><p class="indent" > Note that in HTML parlance, the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1457--><p class="indent" > Note that in HTML parlance, the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperlink</span></span></span> command inserts a notional # in front of each link, making it relative to the current testdocument; <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span></span></span> expects a full URL. -<!--l. 1460--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-25" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1461--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-25" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-25-1g"><col id="TBL-25-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4547,7 +4551,7 @@ id="TBL-25-1"></colgroup><tr class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\phantomsection </span></td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1464--><p class="noindent" >This sets an anchor at this location. It works similar to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1465--><p class="noindent" >This sets an anchor at this location. It works similar to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget{}{}</span></span></span> with an automatically chosen anchor name. Often it is used in conjunction with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> for sectionlike things (index, @@ -4563,10 +4567,10 @@ Example: \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname} \printindex </pre> - <!--l. 1477--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 1479--><p class="noindent" >Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index page, + <!--l. 1478--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 1480--><p class="noindent" >Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index page, not to a location before this page. -<!--l. 1483--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-26" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1484--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-26" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-26-1g"><col id="TBL-26-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4585,7 +4589,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1488--><p class="indent" > This retrieves the anchor or the page anchor from a label in an expandable way. It takes +<!--l. 1489--><p class="indent" > This retrieves the anchor or the page anchor from a label in an expandable way. It takes <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestNameFilter</span></span></span> into account. It can e.g. be used with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\bookmark</span></span></span> from the bookmark @@ -4595,12 +4599,12 @@ package to set a destination to a label: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23"> \bookmark[dest=\hyperget{anchor}{sec}]{section} </pre> -<!--l. 1494--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1496--><p class="indent" > As <span +<!--l. 1495--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1497--><p class="indent" > As <span class="ec-lmri-10">pageanchor </span>retrieves the page number from the label it can’t be use together with the option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages</span>. -<!--l. 1499--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-27" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1500--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-27" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-27-1g"><col id="TBL-27-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4611,10 +4615,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">currentanchor</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1503--><p class="indent" > This retrieves the last anchor that has been set. It too takes <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1504--><p class="indent" > This retrieves the last anchor that has been set. It too takes <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestNameFilter</span></span></span> into account. -<!--l. 1507--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-28" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1508--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-28" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-28-1g"><col id="TBL-28-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4624,11 +4628,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"> class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1511--><p class="noindent" >This is a replacement for the usual <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1512--><p class="noindent" >This is a replacement for the usual <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref</span></span></span> command that places a contextual label in front of the reference. This gives your users a bigger target to click for hyperlinks (e.g. ‘section 2’ instead of merely the number ‘2’). -<!--l. 1517--><p class="indent" > The label is worked out from the context of the original <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1518--><p class="indent" > The label is worked out from the context of the original <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> command by <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>by using the macros listed below (shown with their default values). The macros can be (re)defined in documents using @@ -4636,16 +4640,16 @@ macros listed below (shown with their default values). The macros can be (re)def class="ec-lmvtt-10">\(re)newcommand</span></span></span>; note that some of these macros are already defined in the standard document classes. The mixture of lowercase and uppercase initial letters is deliberate and corresponds to the author’s practice. -<!--l. 1525--><p class="indent" > For each macro below, <span +<!--l. 1526--><p class="indent" > For each macro below, <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>checks <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\*autorefname </span>before <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\*name</span>. For instance, it looks for <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figureautorefname </span>before <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figurename</span>. -<!--l. 1529--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1530--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-23001r12"></a> <!--l. 1530--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-29" class="longtable" + id="x1-23001r12"></a> <!--l. 1531--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-29" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-29-1g"><col id="TBL-29-1"><col @@ -4655,80 +4659,80 @@ id="TBL-29-2"></colgroup> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmri-10">Macro </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-1-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1530--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 1531--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmri-10">Default</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-29-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-2-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figurename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-2-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1531--><p class="noindent" >Figure </td> + <!--l. 1532--><p class="noindent" >Figure </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-29-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-3-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\tablename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-3-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1532--><p class="noindent" >Table </td> + <!--l. 1533--><p class="noindent" >Table </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-29-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-4-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\partname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-4-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1533--><p class="noindent" >Part </td> + <!--l. 1534--><p class="noindent" >Part </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-29-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-5-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\appendixname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-5-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1534--><p class="noindent" >Appendix </td> + <!--l. 1535--><p class="noindent" >Appendix </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-29-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-6-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\equationname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-6-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1535--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td> + <!--l. 1536--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-29-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-7-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Itemname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-7-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1536--><p class="noindent" >item </td> + <!--l. 1537--><p class="noindent" >item </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-29-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-8-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\chaptername </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-8-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1537--><p class="noindent" >chapter </td> + <!--l. 1538--><p class="noindent" >chapter </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-29-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-9-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\sectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-9-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1538--><p class="noindent" >section </td> + <!--l. 1539--><p class="noindent" >section </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-29-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-10-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\subsectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-10-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1539--><p class="noindent" >subsection </td> + <!--l. 1540--><p class="noindent" >subsection </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-29-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-11-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\subsubsectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-11-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1540--><p class="noindent" >subsubsection </td> + <!--l. 1541--><p class="noindent" >subsubsection </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-29-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-12-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\paragraphname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-12-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1541--><p class="noindent" >paragraph </td> + <!--l. 1542--><p class="noindent" >paragraph </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-29-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-13-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Hfootnotename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-13-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1542--><p class="noindent" >footnote </td> + <!--l. 1543--><p class="noindent" >footnote </td> </tr><tr @@ -4736,19 +4740,19 @@ class="td10"> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\AMSname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-14-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1543--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td> + <!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-29-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-15-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theoremname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-15-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent" >Theorem </td> + <!--l. 1545--><p class="noindent" >Theorem </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-29-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-16-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\page </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-16-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1545--><p class="noindent" >page </td> + <!--l. 1546--><p class="noindent" >page </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-29-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-17-1" class="td01"> </td> @@ -4766,7 +4770,7 @@ class="td01"> </td> class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-21-2" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 1548--><p class="indent" > Example for a redefinition if <span +<!--l. 1549--><p class="indent" > Example for a redefinition if <span class="ec-lmss-10">babel </span>is used: <blockquote class="quote"> @@ -4777,8 +4781,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">babel </span>is used:   \def\subsectionautorefname{Unterkapitel}% } </pre> - <!--l. 1555--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 1558--><p class="indent" > Hint: <span + <!--l. 1556--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 1559--><p class="indent" > Hint: <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref </span>works via the counter name that the reference is based on. Sometimes <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref</span> chooses the wrong name, if the counter is used for different things. For example, it happens with @@ -4818,8 +4822,8 @@ We will use \autoref{a} to prove \auto \end{document} </pre> - <!--l. 1593--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 1596--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-30" class="tabular" + <!--l. 1594--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 1597--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-30" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-30-1g"><col id="TBL-30-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4830,18 +4834,18 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1600--><p class="noindent" >It replaces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1601--><p class="noindent" >It replaces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageref</span></span></span> and adds the name for page in front of the page reference. First <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageautorefname</span> is checked before <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pagename</span>. -<!--l. 1605--><p class="indent" > For instances where you want a reference to use the correct counter, but not to create a +<!--l. 1606--><p class="indent" > For instances where you want a reference to use the correct counter, but not to create a link, there are starred forms (these starred forms exist even if hyperref has been loaded with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit=false</span></span></span>): -<!--l. 1609--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-31" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1610--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-31" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-31-1g"><col id="TBL-31-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4851,7 +4855,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><sp class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1613--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-32" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1614--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-32" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-32-1g"><col id="TBL-32-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4862,7 +4866,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1617--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-33" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1618--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-33" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-33-1g"><col id="TBL-33-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4872,7 +4876,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb" class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1621--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-34" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1622--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-34" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-34-1g"><col id="TBL-34-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4883,18 +4887,18 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1625--><p class="indent" > A typical use would be to write +<!--l. 1626--><p class="indent" > A typical use would be to write <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26"> \hyperref[other]{that nice section (\ref*{other}) we read before} </pre> -<!--l. 1628--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1630--><p class="indent" > We want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1629--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1631--><p class="indent" > We want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*{other}</span></span></span> to generate the correct number, but not to form a link, since we do this ourselves with <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperref</span>. -<!--l. 1633--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-35" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1634--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-35" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-35-1g"><col id="TBL-35-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4907,21 +4911,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">TeXstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1637--><p class="indent" > <span +<!--l. 1638--><p class="indent" > <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef </span>returns a macro containing the PDF string. (Currently this is done globally, but do not rely on it.) All the following tasks, definitions and redefinitions are made in a group to keep them local: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1642--><p class="noindent" >Switching to PD1 or PU encoding + <!--l. 1643--><p class="noindent" >Switching to PD1 or PU encoding </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1643--><p class="noindent" >Defining the “octal sequence commands” (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1644--><p class="noindent" >Defining the “octal sequence commands” (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\345</span></span></span>): <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\edef\3{\string\3}</span></span></span> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1644--><p class="noindent" >Special glyphs of TeX: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1645--><p class="noindent" >Special glyphs of TeX: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\{</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\%</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\&</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -4929,18 +4933,18 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\space</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\dots</span></span></span>, etc. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1645--><p class="noindent" >National glyphs (<span + <!--l. 1646--><p class="noindent" >National glyphs (<span class="ec-lmss-10">german.sty</span>, <span class="ec-lmss-10">french.sty</span>, etc.) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1646--><p class="noindent" >Logos: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1647--><p class="noindent" >Logos: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\TeX</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\eTeX</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MF</span></span></span>, etc. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1647--><p class="noindent" >Disabling commands that do not provide useful functionality in bookmarks: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1648--><p class="noindent" >Disabling commands that do not provide useful functionality in bookmarks: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\index</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -4950,20 +4954,20 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\def</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span c class="ec-lmvtt-10">\let</span></span></span>, etc. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1649--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX’s font commands like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1650--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX’s font commands like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textbf</span></span></span>, etc. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1650--><p class="noindent" >Support for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1651--><p class="noindent" >Support for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\xspace</span></span></span> provided by the <span class="ec-lmss-10">xspace </span>package</li></ul> -<!--l. 1653--><p class="indent" > In addition, parentheses are protected to avoid the danger of unsafe unbalanced parentheses in +<!--l. 1654--><p class="indent" > In addition, parentheses are protected to avoid the danger of unsafe unbalanced parentheses in the PDF string. For further details, see Heiko Oberdiek’s EuroTeX paper distributed with <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. -<!--l. 1657--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-36" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1658--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-36" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-36-1g"><col id="TBL-36-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4974,22 +4978,22 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{NoHyper}</span></span></span>…<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\end</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">{NoHyper}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1660--><p class="indent" > Sometimes we just don’t want the wretched package interfering with us. Define an environment we +<!--l. 1661--><p class="indent" > Sometimes we just don’t want the wretched package interfering with us. Define an environment we can put in manually, or include in a style file, which stops the hypertext functions doing anything. This is used, for instance, in the Elsevier classes, to stop <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref</span></span></span> playing havoc in the front matter. -<!--l. 1666--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1667--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1 </span> <a id="x1-240006.1"></a>Bookmark macros</h4> -<!--l. 1668--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1669--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1.1 </span> <a id="x1-250006.1.1"></a>Setting bookmarks</h5> -<!--l. 1670--><p class="noindent" >Usually <span +<!--l. 1671--><p class="noindent" >Usually <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>automatically adds bookmarks for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section</span></span></span> and similar macros. But they can also set manually. -<!--l. 1673--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-37" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1674--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-37" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-37-1g"><col id="TBL-37-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -5003,11 +5007,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1676--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark with the specified text and at the given level (default is 0). As name for the +<!--l. 1677--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark with the specified text and at the given level (default is 0). As name for the internal anchor name is used (in conjunction with level). Therefore the name must be unique (similar to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>). -<!--l. 1680--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-38" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1681--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-38" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-38-1g"><col id="TBL-38-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -5020,8 +5024,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1683--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark at the current level. -<!--l. 1685--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-39" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1684--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark at the current level. +<!--l. 1686--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-39" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-39-1g"><col id="TBL-39-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -5034,9 +5038,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1688--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark one step down in the bookmark hierarchy. Internally the current level is increased +<!--l. 1689--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark one step down in the bookmark hierarchy. Internally the current level is increased by one. -<!--l. 1691--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-40" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1692--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-40" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-40-1g"><col id="TBL-40-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -5049,33 +5053,33 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1694--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark below the current bookmark level. However after the command the current +<!--l. 1695--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark below the current bookmark level. However after the command the current bookmark level has not changed. -<!--l. 1697--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 1698--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10">Hint: </span>Package <span class="ec-lmss-10">bookmark </span>replaces <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>’s bookmark organization by a new algorithm: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1700--><p class="noindent" >Usually only one LaTeX run is needed. + <!--l. 1701--><p class="noindent" >Usually only one LaTeX run is needed. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1701--><p class="noindent" >More control over the bookmark appearance (color, font). + <!--l. 1702--><p class="noindent" >More control over the bookmark appearance (color, font). </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1702--><p class="noindent" >Different bookmark actions are supported (external file links, URLs, …).</li></ul> -<!--l. 1705--><p class="noindent" >Therefore I recommend using this package. -<!--l. 1707--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1703--><p class="noindent" >Different bookmark actions are supported (external file links, URLs, …).</li></ul> +<!--l. 1706--><p class="noindent" >Therefore I recommend using this package. +<!--l. 1708--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1.2 </span> <a id="x1-260006.1.2"></a>Replacement macros</h5> -<!--l. 1709--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 1710--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>takes the text for bookmarks from the arguments of commands like <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section</span>, which can contain things like math, colors, or font changes, none of which will display in bookmarks as is. -<!--l. 1713--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-41" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1714--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-41" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-41-1g"><col id="TBL-41-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -5088,7 +5092,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">PDFstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1717--><p class="indent" > For example, +<!--l. 1718--><p class="indent" > For example, <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27"> @@ -5100,8 +5104,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> } \section{\texorpdfstring{\textcolor{red}}{}{Red} Mars} </pre> -<!--l. 1726--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1728--><p class="indent" > <span +<!--l. 1727--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1729--><p class="indent" > <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef </span>executes the hook before it expands the string. Therefore, you can use this hook to perform additional tasks or to disable additional commands. @@ -5113,8 +5117,8 @@ perform additional tasks or to disable additional commands.   \renewcommand{\mycommand}[1]{}% } </pre> -<!--l. 1738--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1740--><p class="indent" > However, for disabling commands, an easier way is via <span +<!--l. 1739--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1741--><p class="indent" > However, for disabling commands, an easier way is via <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdefDisableCommands</span>, which adds its argument to the definition of <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdefPreHook </span>(‘@’ can here be used as letter in command @@ -5128,11 +5132,11 @@ names):   \let\textcolor\@gobble } </pre> -<!--l. 1751--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1753--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1752--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1754--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2 </span> <a id="x1-270006.2"></a>Pagelabels</h4> -<!--l. 1754--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-42" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1755--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-42" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-42-1g"><col id="TBL-42-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -5143,19 +5147,19 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">page number format</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1758--><p class="noindent" >This allows to change format of the page number shown in the tool bar of a PDF viewer for a specific +<!--l. 1759--><p class="noindent" >This allows to change format of the page number shown in the tool bar of a PDF viewer for a specific page, for example -<!--l. 1761--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1762--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thispdfpagelabel{Empty</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> Page-\roman{page}}</span></span></span> -<!--l. 1763--><p class="indent" > The command affects the page on which it is executed, so asynchronous page breaking should be +<!--l. 1764--><p class="indent" > The command affects the page on which it is executed, so asynchronous page breaking should be taken into account. It should be used in places where for example <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thispagestyle</span></span></span> can be use too. -<!--l. 1766--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1767--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.3 </span> <a id="x1-280006.3"></a>Utility macros</h4> -<!--l. 1769--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-43" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1770--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-43" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-43-1g"><col id="TBL-43-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -5166,7 +5170,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">dimen specification</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1772--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1773--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp</span></span></span> takes a TeX dimen specification and converts it to bp and returns the number without the unit. This is useful for options <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -5182,65 +5186,65 @@ Example:     -\headheight-\headsep} } </pre> - <!--l. 1784--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 1786--><p class="noindent" >The origin of the PDF coordinate system is the lower left corner. -<!--l. 1788--><p class="indent" > Note, for calculations you need either package <span + <!--l. 1785--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 1787--><p class="noindent" >The origin of the PDF coordinate system is the lower left corner. +<!--l. 1789--><p class="indent" > Note, for calculations you need either package <span class="ec-lmss-10">calc </span>or <span class="lmmi-10">ε</span>-<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>. Nowadays the latter should automatically be enabled for <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> formats. Users without <span class="lmmi-10">ε</span>-<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>, please, look in the source documentation <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.dtx</span></span></span> for further limitations. -<!--l. 1794--><p class="indent" > Also <span +<!--l. 1795--><p class="indent" > Also <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp </span>cannot be used in option specifications of <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\documentclass </span>and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage</span>, because <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> expands the option lists of these commands. However package <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is not yet loaded and an undefined control sequence error would arise. -<!--l. 1801--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1802--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7 </span> <a id="x1-290007"></a>New Features<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="hyperref-doc6.html#fn5x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">5</sup></a></span><a id="x1-29001f5"></a> </h3> <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.1 </span> <a id="x1-300007.1"></a>Option ‘pdflinkmargin’</h4> -<!--l. 1806--><p class="noindent" >Option ‘pdflinkmargin’ is an experimental option for specifying a link margin, if the driver supports this. +<!--l. 1807--><p class="noindent" >Option ‘pdflinkmargin’ is an experimental option for specifying a link margin, if the driver supports this. Default is 1 pt for supporting drivers. -<!--l. 1811--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1812--><p class="indent" > <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmbx-10">pdfTeX</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1812--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1813--><p class="noindent" > <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1814--><p class="noindent" >The link area also depends on the surrounding box. + <!--l. 1815--><p class="noindent" >The link area also depends on the surrounding box. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1815--><p class="noindent" >Settings have local effect. + <!--l. 1816--><p class="noindent" >Settings have local effect. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1816--><p class="noindent" >When a page is shipped out, pdfTeX uses the current setting of the link margin for all + <!--l. 1817--><p class="noindent" >When a page is shipped out, pdfTeX uses the current setting of the link margin for all links on the page.</li></ul> </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmbx-10">pdfmark</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1820--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1821--><p class="noindent" > <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1822--><p class="noindent" >Settings have global effect.</li></ul> + <!--l. 1823--><p class="noindent" >Settings have global effect.</li></ul> </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmbx-10">xetex</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1825--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1826--><p class="noindent" > <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1827--><p class="noindent" >Settings must be done in the preamble or the first page and then have global effect. + <!--l. 1828--><p class="noindent" >Settings must be done in the preamble or the first page and then have global effect. The key inserts the new (x)dvipdfmx special <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special{dvipdfmx:config</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> g</span><span @@ -5250,20 +5254,20 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10"> #1}</span></span></span> (with <span class="ec-lmbx-10">Other drivers</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1831--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 1836--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1832--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 1837--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.2 </span> <a id="x1-310007.2"></a>Field option ‘calculatesortkey’</h4> -<!--l. 1838--><p class="noindent" >Fields with calculated values are calculated in document order by default. If calculated field values +<!--l. 1839--><p class="noindent" >Fields with calculated values are calculated in document order by default. If calculated field values depend on other calculated fields that appear later in the document, then the correct calculation order can be specified with option ‘calculatesortkey’. Its value is used as key to lexicographically sort the calculated fields. The sort key do not need to be unique. Fields that share the same key are sorted in document order. -<!--l. 1848--><p class="indent" > Currently the field option ‘calculatesortkey’ is only supported by the driver for pdfTeX. -<!--l. 1851--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1849--><p class="indent" > Currently the field option ‘calculatesortkey’ is only supported by the driver for pdfTeX. +<!--l. 1852--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.3 </span> <a id="x1-320007.3"></a>Option ‘next-anchor’</h4> -<!--l. 1852--><p class="noindent" >This option allows to overwrite the anchor name of the next anchor. This makes it possible to give for +<!--l. 1853--><p class="noindent" >This option allows to overwrite the anchor name of the next anchor. This makes it possible to give for example the heading of the table of contents an anchor name which can be referenced with a <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\bookmark</span></span></span> command from the bookmark package: @@ -5274,14 +5278,14 @@ command from the bookmark package: \tableofcontents \bookmark[dest=\HyperDestNameFilter{toc},level=section]{\contentsname} </pre> -<!--l. 1860--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1862--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1861--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1863--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.4 </span> <a id="x1-330007.4"></a>Option ‘localanchorname’</h4> -<!--l. 1864--><p class="noindent" >When<span class="marginpar">Deprecated 2022-04-27 v7.00o</span> an anchor is set (e.g. via <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1865--><p class="noindent" >When<span class="marginpar">Deprecated 2022-04-27 v7.00o</span> an anchor is set (e.g. via <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\refstepcounter</span></span></span>, then the anchor name is globally set to the current anchor name. -<!--l. 1868--><p class="indent" > For example: +<!--l. 1869--><p class="indent" > For example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32"> @@ -5289,28 +5293,28 @@ globally set to the current anchor name.     \begin{equation}\end{equation}     \label{sec:foobar} </pre> -<!--l. 1873--><p class="nopar" > With the default global setting (localanchorname=false) a reference to ‘sec:foobar’ jumps to the +<!--l. 1874--><p class="nopar" > With the default global setting (localanchorname=false) a reference to ‘sec:foobar’ jumps to the equation before. With option ‘localanchorname’ the anchor of the equation is forgotten after the environment and the reference ‘sec:foobar’ jumps to the section title. -<!--l. 1881--><p class="indent" > Option ‘localanchorname’ is an experimental option, there might be situations, where the anchor +<!--l. 1882--><p class="indent" > Option ‘localanchorname’ is an experimental option, there might be situations, where the anchor name is not available as expected. -<!--l. 1885--><p class="indent" > The option is deprecated: it makes it difficult for package authors to add targets for links if it is +<!--l. 1886--><p class="indent" > The option is deprecated: it makes it difficult for package authors to add targets for links if it is unclear if <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@currentHref</span></span></span> is set locally or globally. -<!--l. 1889--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1890--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.5 </span> <a id="x1-340007.5"></a>Option ‘customdriver’</h4> -<!--l. 1891--><p class="noindent" >The value of option ‘customdriver’ is the name of an external driver file without extension ‘.def’. The file +<!--l. 1892--><p class="noindent" >The value of option ‘customdriver’ is the name of an external driver file without extension ‘.def’. The file must have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ProvidesFile</span></span></span> with a version date and number that match the date and number of ‘hyperref’, otherwise a warning is given. -<!--l. 1896--><p class="indent" > Because the interface, what needs to be defined in the driver, is not well defined and +<!--l. 1897--><p class="indent" > Because the interface, what needs to be defined in the driver, is not well defined and quite messy, the option is mainly intended to ease developing, testing, debugging the driver part. -<!--l. 1901--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1902--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.6 </span> <a id="x1-350007.6"></a>Option ‘psdextra’</h4> -<!--l. 1903--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX’s NFSS is used to assist the conversion of arbitrary TeX strings to PDF strings (bookmarks, PDF +<!--l. 1904--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX’s NFSS is used to assist the conversion of arbitrary TeX strings to PDF strings (bookmarks, PDF information entries). Many math command names (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\geq</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\notin</span></span></span>, ...) are not in control of NFSS, @@ -5324,17 +5328,17 @@ on means that the short names are available. Then <span class="obeylines-h"><spa class="ec-lmvtt-10">\geq</span></span></span> can directly be used instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textgeq</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 1917--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1918--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.7 </span> <a id="x1-360007.7"></a>\XeTeXLinkBox</h4> -<!--l. 1919--><p class="noindent" >When XeTeX generates a link annotation, it does not look at the boxes (as the other drivers), but only +<!--l. 1920--><p class="noindent" >When XeTeX generates a link annotation, it does not look at the boxes (as the other drivers), but only at the character glyphs. If there are no glyphs (images, rules, ...), then it does not generate a link annotation. Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkBox</span></span></span> puts its argument in a box and adds spaces at the lower left and upper right corners. An additional margin can be specified by setting it to the dimen register <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkMargin</span></span></span>. The default is 2pt. -<!--l. 1928--><p class="indent" > Example: +<!--l. 1929--><p class="indent" > Example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33"> @@ -5351,8 +5355,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkMargin</span></span></span>. The default is 2pt.     }     \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 1944--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1946--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1945--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1947--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.8 </span> <a id="x1-370007.8"></a>\IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean</h4> @@ -5360,7 +5364,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkMargin</span></span></span>. The default is 2pt. <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">  \IfHyperBooleanExists{OPTION}{YES}{NO} </pre> -<!--l. 1949--><p class="nopar" > If a <span +<!--l. 1950--><p class="nopar" > If a <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>OPTION is a boolean, that means it takes values ‘true’ or ‘false’, then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\IfHyperBooleanExists</span></span></span> calls YES, otherwise NO. @@ -5369,25 +5373,25 @@ calls YES, otherwise NO. <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">  \IfHyperBoolean{OPTION}{YES}{NO} </pre> -<!--l. 1956--><p class="nopar" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1957--><p class="nopar" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\IfHyperBoolean</span></span></span> calls YES, if OPTION exists as boolean and is enabled. Otherwise NO is executed. -<!--l. 1962--><p class="indent" > Both macros are expandable. Additionally option ‘stoppedearly’ is available. It is enabled if +<!--l. 1963--><p class="indent" > Both macros are expandable. Additionally option ‘stoppedearly’ is available. It is enabled if <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MaybeStopEarly</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MaybeStopNow</span></span></span> end <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>prematurely. -<!--l. 1967--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1968--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.9 </span> <a id="x1-380007.9"></a>\unichar</h4> -<!--l. 1969--><p class="noindent" >If a Unicode character is not supported by puenc.def, it can be given by using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1970--><p class="noindent" >If a Unicode character is not supported by puenc.def, it can be given by using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\unichar</span></span></span>. Its name and syntax is inherited from package ‘ucs’. However it is defined independently for use in <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>’s <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef</span></span></span> (that converts arbitrary TeX code to PDF strings or tries to do this). -<!--l. 1977--><p class="indent" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1978--><p class="indent" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\unichar</span></span></span> takes a TeX number as argument, examples for U+263A (WHITE SMILING FACE): @@ -5396,7 +5400,7 @@ FACE):     \unichar{"263A}% hexadecimal notation     \unichar{9786}% decimal notation </pre> -<!--l. 1982--><p class="nopar" > ‘"’ must not be a babel shorthand character or otherwise active. Otherwise prefix it with +<!--l. 1983--><p class="nopar" > ‘"’ must not be a babel shorthand character or otherwise active. Otherwise prefix it with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\string</span></span></span>: @@ -5404,18 +5408,18 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\string</span></span></span>: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">     \unichar{\string"263A}% converts ‘"’ to ‘"’ with catcode 12 (other) </pre> -<!--l. 1987--><p class="nopar" > Users of (n)german packages or babel options may use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1988--><p class="nopar" > Users of (n)german packages or babel options may use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\dq</span></span></span> instead: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">     \unichar{\dq 263A}% \dq is double quote with catcode 12 (other) </pre> -<!--l. 1991--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1994--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1992--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1995--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.10 </span> <a id="x1-390007.10"></a>\ifpdfstringunicode</h4> -<!--l. 1996--><p class="noindent" >Some features of the PDF specification needs PDF strings. Examples are bookmarks or the entries in the +<!--l. 1997--><p class="noindent" >Some features of the PDF specification needs PDF strings. Examples are bookmarks or the entries in the information dictionary. The PDF specification allows two encodings ‘PDFDocEncoding’ (8-bit encoding) and ‘Unicode’ (UTF-16). The user can help using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> to replace complicate TeX constructs @@ -5426,7 +5430,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ifpdfstringunicode</span></span></span>. It is only allowed class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> and takes two arguments, the first allows the full range of Unicode. The second is limited to the characters available in PDFDocEncoding. -<!--l. 2010--><p class="indent" > As example we take a macro definition for the Vietnamese name of Hàn Thế Thành. Correctly written +<!--l. 2011--><p class="indent" > As example we take a macro definition for the Vietnamese name of Hàn Thế Thành. Correctly written it needs some accented characters, one character even with a double accent. Class ‘tugboat.cls’ defines a macro for the typesetted name: @@ -5438,9 +5442,9 @@ macro for the typesetted name:       ~Th\‘anh%     } </pre> -<!--l. 2020--><p class="nopar" > It’s not entirely correct, the second accent over the ‘e’ is not an acute, but a hook. However standard +<!--l. 2021--><p class="nopar" > It’s not entirely correct, the second accent over the ‘e’ is not an acute, but a hook. However standard LaTeX does not provide such an accent. -<!--l. 2025--><p class="indent" > Now we can extend the definition to support <span +<!--l. 2026--><p class="indent" > Now we can extend the definition to support <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. The first and the last word are already supported automatically. Characters with two or more accents are a difficult business in LaTeX, because the NFSS2 macros of the LaTeX kernel do not support more than one accent. Therefore also puenc.def @@ -5452,7 +5456,7 @@ is: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">     % U+1EC3 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX AND HOOK ABOVE </pre> -<!--l. 2034--><p class="nopar" > Thus we can put this together: +<!--l. 2035--><p class="nopar" > Thus we can put this together: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41"> @@ -5463,7 +5467,7 @@ is:       ~Th\‘anh%     } </pre> -<!--l. 2043--><p class="nopar" > For PDFDocEncoding (PD1) the variant above has dropped the second accent. Alternatively we could +<!--l. 2044--><p class="nopar" > For PDFDocEncoding (PD1) the variant above has dropped the second accent. Alternatively we could provide a representation without accents instead of wrong accents: @@ -5482,12 +5486,12 @@ provide a representation without accents instead of wrong accents:       }%     } </pre> -<!--l. 2061--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2063--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2062--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2064--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.11 </span> <a id="x1-400007.11"></a>Customizing index style file with \nohyperpage</h4> -<!--l. 2065--><p class="noindent" >Since version 2008/08/14 v6.78f. -<!--l. 2069--><p class="indent" > For hyperlink support in the index, <span +<!--l. 2066--><p class="noindent" >Since version 2008/08/14 v6.78f. +<!--l. 2070--><p class="indent" > For hyperlink support in the index, <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>inserts <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> into the index macros. After processing with Makeindex, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -5499,7 +5503,7 @@ lists. However, only the standard settings are supported directly:     delim_r "--"     delim_n ", " </pre> -<!--l. 2076--><p class="nopar" > (See manual page/documentation of Makeindex that explains the keys that can be used in style files for +<!--l. 2077--><p class="nopar" > (See manual page/documentation of Makeindex that explains the keys that can be used in style files for Makeindex.) Customized versions of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">delim_r,</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> delim_n,</span><span @@ -5518,157 +5522,157 @@ e.g.:     suffix_2p "\\nohyperpage{f.}"     suffix_3p "\\nohyperpage{ff.}" </pre> -<!--l. 2088--><p class="nopar" > (Depending on the typesetting tradition some space “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2089--><p class="nopar" > (Depending on the typesetting tradition some space “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\\</span></span></span>,” or “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">~</span></span></span>” should be put before the first f inside <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nohyperpage</span></span></span>.) -<!--l. 2093--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2094--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.12 </span> <a id="x1-410007.12"></a>Experimental option ‘ocgcolorlinks’</h4> -<!--l. 2095--><p class="noindent" >The idea are colored links, when viewed, but printed without colors. This new experimental option +<!--l. 2096--><p class="noindent" >The idea are colored links, when viewed, but printed without colors. This new experimental option ‘ocgcolorlinks’ uses Optional Content Groups, a feature introduced in PDF 1.5. -<!--l. 2099--><p class="indent" > A better implementation which hasn’t the disadvantage to prevent line breaks is in the ocgx2 +<!--l. 2100--><p class="indent" > A better implementation which hasn’t the disadvantage to prevent line breaks is in the ocgx2 package. Check its documentation for details how to use it. <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2102--><p class="noindent" >The option must be given for package loading: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2103--><p class="noindent" >The option must be given for package loading: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage[ocgcolorlinks]{hyperref}</span></span></span> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2104--><p class="noindent" >Main disadvantage: Links cannot be broken across lines. PDF reference 1.7: 4.10.2 “Making + <!--l. 2105--><p class="noindent" >Main disadvantage: Links cannot be broken across lines. PDF reference 1.7: 4.10.2 “Making Graphical Content Optional”: Graphics state operations, such as setting the color, ..., are still applied. Therefore the link text is put in a box and set twice, with and without color. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2110--><p class="noindent" >The feature can be switched of by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2111--><p class="noindent" >The feature can be switched of by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup{ocgcolorlinks=false}</span></span></span> inside the document. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2112--><p class="noindent" >Supported drivers: pdftex, dvipdfm + <!--l. 2113--><p class="noindent" >Supported drivers: pdftex, dvipdfm </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2113--><p class="noindent" >The PDF version should be at least 1.5. It is automatically set for pdfTeX, LuaTeX and + <!--l. 2114--><p class="noindent" >The PDF version should be at least 1.5. It is automatically set for pdfTeX, LuaTeX and dvipdfmx.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2117--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2118--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.13 </span> <a id="x1-420007.13"></a>Option ‘pdfa’</h4> -<!--l. 2119--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘pdfa’ tries to avoid violations of PDF/A in code generated by <span +<!--l. 2120--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘pdfa’ tries to avoid violations of PDF/A in code generated by <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. However, the result is usually not in PDF/A, because many features aren’t controlled by <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>(XMP metadata, fonts, colors, driver dependend low level stuff, ...). -<!--l. 2126--><p class="indent" > Currently, option ‘pdfa’ sets and disables the following items: +<!--l. 2127--><p class="indent" > Currently, option ‘pdfa’ sets and disables the following items: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2128--><p class="noindent" >Enabled annotation flags: Print, NoZoom, NoRotate [PDF/A 6.5.3]. + <!--l. 2129--><p class="noindent" >Enabled annotation flags: Print, NoZoom, NoRotate [PDF/A 6.5.3]. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2129--><p class="noindent" >Disabled annotation flags: Hidden, Invisible, NoView [PDF/A 6.5.3]. + <!--l. 2130--><p class="noindent" >Disabled annotation flags: Hidden, Invisible, NoView [PDF/A 6.5.3]. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2130--><p class="noindent" >Disabled: Launch action (<a + <!--l. 2131--><p class="noindent" >Disabled: Launch action (<a href="run:..." >[</a>PDF/A 6.6.1]. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2131--><p class="noindent" >Restricted: Named actions (NextPage, PrevPage, FirstPage, LastPage) [PDF/A 6.6.1]. + <!--l. 2132--><p class="noindent" >Restricted: Named actions (NextPage, PrevPage, FirstPage, LastPage) [PDF/A 6.6.1]. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2133--><p class="noindent" >Many things are disabled in PDF formulars: + <!--l. 2134--><p class="noindent" >Many things are disabled in PDF formulars: <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2135--><p class="noindent" >JavaScript actions [PDF/A 6.6.1] + <!--l. 2136--><p class="noindent" >JavaScript actions [PDF/A 6.6.1] </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2136--><p class="noindent" >Trigger events (additional actions) [PDF/A 6.6.2] + <!--l. 2137--><p class="noindent" >Trigger events (additional actions) [PDF/A 6.6.2] </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2137--><p class="noindent" >Push button (because of JavaScript) + <!--l. 2138--><p class="noindent" >Push button (because of JavaScript) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2138--><p class="noindent" >Interactive Forms: Flag NeedAppearances is the default ‘false’ (Because of this, + <!--l. 2139--><p class="noindent" >Interactive Forms: Flag NeedAppearances is the default ‘false’ (Because of this, <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>’s implementation of Forms looks ugly). [PDF/A 6.9]</li></ul> </li></ul> -<!--l. 2146--><p class="indent" > The default value of the new option ‘pdfa’ is ‘false’. It influences the loading of the package and +<!--l. 2147--><p class="indent" > The default value of the new option ‘pdfa’ is ‘false’. It influences the loading of the package and cannot be changed after <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is loaded (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage{hyperref}</span></span></span>). -<!--l. 2152--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2153--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.14 </span> <a id="x1-430007.14"></a>Option ‘linktoc’ added</h4> -<!--l. 2154--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘linktoc’ allows more control which part of an entry in the table of contents is made into +<!--l. 2155--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘linktoc’ allows more control which part of an entry in the table of contents is made into a link: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2157--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=none’ (no links) + <!--l. 2158--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=none’ (no links) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2158--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=section’ (default behaviour, same as ‘linktocpage=false’) + <!--l. 2159--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=section’ (default behaviour, same as ‘linktocpage=false’) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2159--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=page’ (same as ‘linktocpage=true’) + <!--l. 2160--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=page’ (same as ‘linktocpage=true’) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2160--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=all’ (both the section and page part are links)</li></ul> -<!--l. 2163--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 2161--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=all’ (both the section and page part are links)</li></ul> +<!--l. 2164--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.15 </span> <a id="x1-440007.15"></a>Option ‘pdfnewwindow’ changed</h4> -<!--l. 2165--><p class="noindent" >Before 6.77b: +<!--l. 2166--><p class="noindent" >Before 6.77b: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2167--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=true <span + <!--l. 2168--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=true <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>/NewWindow true </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2168--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=false <span + <!--l. 2169--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=false <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2169--><p class="noindent" >unused pdfnewwindow <span + <!--l. 2170--><p class="noindent" >unused pdfnewwindow <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent)</li></ul> -<!--l. 2171--><p class="noindent" >Since 6.77b: +<!--l. 2172--><p class="noindent" >Since 6.77b: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2173--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=true <span + <!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=true <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>/NewWindow true </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=false <span + <!--l. 2175--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=false <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>/NewWindow false </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2175--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow= <span + <!--l. 2176--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow= <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2176--><p class="noindent" >unused pdfnewwindow <span + <!--l. 2177--><p class="noindent" >unused pdfnewwindow <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent)</li></ul> -<!--l. 2181--><p class="indent" > Rationale: There is a difference between setting to ‘false’ and an absent entry. In the former case the +<!--l. 2182--><p class="indent" > Rationale: There is a difference between setting to ‘false’ and an absent entry. In the former case the new document replaces the old one, in the latter case the PDF viewer application should respect the user preference. -<!--l. 2187--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2188--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.16 </span> <a id="x1-450007.16"></a>Flag options for PDF forms</h4> -<!--l. 2189--><p class="noindent" >PDF form field macros (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2190--><p class="noindent" >PDF form field macros (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\TextField</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\CheckBox</span></span></span>, ...) support boolean flag options. The option name is the lowercase version of the names in the PDF specification (1.7): -<!--l. 2193--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 2194--><p class="indent" > <a href="http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html" class="url" ><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html</span></a> -<!--l. 2195--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 2196--><p class="indent" > <a href="http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf" class="url" ><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</span></a> -<!--l. 2197--><p class="indent" > Options (convert to lowercase) except flags in square brackets: +<!--l. 2198--><p class="indent" > Options (convert to lowercase) except flags in square brackets: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2200--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.16 Annotation flags (page 608): - <!--l. 2202--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2201--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.16 Annotation flags (page 608): + <!--l. 2203--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />1 Invisible <br />2 Hidden (PDF 1.2) <br />3 Print (PDF 1.2) @@ -5681,23 +5685,23 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</ <br />10 LockedContents (PDF 1.7)</div> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2214--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.70 Field flags common to all field types (page 676): - <!--l. 2216--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2215--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.70 Field flags common to all field types (page 676): + <!--l. 2217--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />1 ReadOnly <br />2 Required <br />3 NoExport</div> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2221--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.75 Field flags specific to button fields (page 686): - <!--l. 2223--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2222--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.75 Field flags specific to button fields (page 686): + <!--l. 2224--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />15 NoToggleToOff (Radio buttons only) <br />16 Radio (set: radio buttons, clear: check box, pushbutton: clear) <br />17 Pushbutton <br />26 RadiosInUniso (PDF 1.5)</div> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2229--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.77 Field flags specific to text fields (page 691): - <!--l. 2231--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2230--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.77 Field flags specific to text fields (page 691): + <!--l. 2232--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />13 Multiline <br />14 Password <br />21 FileSelect (PDF 1.4) @@ -5708,8 +5712,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</ </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2240--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.79 Field flags specific to choice fields (page 693): - <!--l. 2242--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2241--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.79 Field flags specific to choice fields (page 693): + <!--l. 2243--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />18 Combo (set: combo box, clear: list box) <br />19 Edit (only useful if Combo is set) <br />20 (Sort) for authoring tools, not PDF viewers @@ -5718,8 +5722,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</ <br />27 CommitOnSelChange (PDF 1.5)</div> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2250--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.86 Flags for submit-form actions (page 704): - <!--l. 2252--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2251--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.86 Flags for submit-form actions (page 704): + <!--l. 2253--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />[1 Include/Exclude] unsupported, use ‘noexport’ (table 8.70) instead <br />2 IncludeNoValueFields <br />[3 ExportFormat] handled by option ‘export’ @@ -5734,35 +5738,35 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</ <br />12 ExclFKey (PDF 1.4) <br />14 EmbedForm (PDF 1.5)</div> </li></ul> -<!--l. 2269--><p class="indent" > New option ‘export’ sets the export format of a submit action. Valid values are (upper- or +<!--l. 2270--><p class="indent" > New option ‘export’ sets the export format of a submit action. Valid values are (upper- or lowercase): <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2272--><p class="noindent" >FDF + <!--l. 2273--><p class="noindent" >FDF </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2273--><p class="noindent" >HTML + <!--l. 2274--><p class="noindent" >HTML </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2274--><p class="noindent" >XFDF + <!--l. 2275--><p class="noindent" >XFDF </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2275--><p class="noindent" >PDF (not supported by Acrobat Reader)</li></ul> -<!--l. 2278--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 2276--><p class="noindent" >PDF (not supported by Acrobat Reader)</li></ul> +<!--l. 2279--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.17 </span> <a id="x1-460007.17"></a>Option ‘pdfversion’</h4> -<!--l. 2280--><p class="noindent" >This is an experimental option. It notifies ‘hyperref’ about the intended PDF version. Currently this is +<!--l. 2281--><p class="noindent" >This is an experimental option. It notifies ‘hyperref’ about the intended PDF version. Currently this is used in code for PDF forms (implementation notes 116 and 122 of PDF spec 1.7). -<!--l. 2286--><p class="indent" > Values: 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7. Values below 1.2 are not supported, because most drivers expect +<!--l. 2287--><p class="indent" > Values: 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7. Values below 1.2 are not supported, because most drivers expect higher PDF versions. -<!--l. 2291--><p class="indent" > The option must be used early, not after <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2292--><p class="indent" > The option must be used early, not after <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage{hyperref}</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 2294--><p class="indent" > In theory this option should also set the PDF version, but this is not generally supported. +<!--l. 2295--><p class="indent" > In theory this option should also set the PDF version, but this is not generally supported. <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2297--><p class="noindent" >pdfTeX below 1.10a: unsupported. pdfTeX <span + <!--l. 2298--><p class="noindent" >pdfTeX below 1.10a: unsupported. pdfTeX <span class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1.10a and < 1.30: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfoptionpdfminorversion</span></span></span> pdfTeX <span @@ -5770,69 +5774,69 @@ class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1.30: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="ver class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfminorversion</span></span></span> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2300--><p class="noindent" >dvipdfm: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/config/config, entry ‘V + <!--l. 2301--><p class="noindent" >dvipdfm: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/config/config, entry ‘V 2’. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2302--><p class="noindent" >dvipdfmx: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/dvipdfmx.cfg, entry + <!--l. 2303--><p class="noindent" >dvipdfmx: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/dvipdfmx.cfg, entry ‘V 4’. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2304--><p class="noindent" >Ghostscript: option -dCompatibilityLevel (this is set in ‘ps2pdf12’, ‘ps2pdf13’, ‘ps2pdf14’).</li></ul> -<!--l. 2309--><p class="indent" > The current PDF version is used as default if this version can be detected (only pdfTeX <span + <!--l. 2305--><p class="noindent" >Ghostscript: option -dCompatibilityLevel (this is set in ‘ps2pdf12’, ‘ps2pdf13’, ‘ps2pdf14’).</li></ul> +<!--l. 2310--><p class="indent" > The current PDF version is used as default if this version can be detected (only pdfTeX <span class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1.10a). Otherwise the lowest version 1.2 is assumed. Thus ‘hyperref’ tries to avoid PDF code that breaks this version, but is free to use ignorable higher PDF features. -<!--l. 2316--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2317--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.18 </span> <a id="x1-470007.18"></a>Field option ‘name’</h4> -<!--l. 2318--><p class="noindent" >Many form objects uses the label argument for several purposes: +<!--l. 2319--><p class="noindent" >Many form objects uses the label argument for several purposes: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2321--><p class="noindent" >Layouted label. + <!--l. 2322--><p class="noindent" >Layouted label. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2322--><p class="noindent" >As name in HTML structures.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2324--><p class="noindent" >Code that is suitable for layouting with TeX can break in the structures of the output format. If option + <!--l. 2323--><p class="noindent" >As name in HTML structures.</li></ul> +<!--l. 2325--><p class="noindent" >Code that is suitable for layouting with TeX can break in the structures of the output format. If option ‘name’ is given, then its value is used as name in the different output structures. Thus the value should consist of letters only. -<!--l. 2331--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2332--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.19 </span> <a id="x1-480007.19"></a>Option ‘pdfencoding’</h4> -<!--l. 2333--><p class="noindent" >The PDF format allows two encodings for bookmarks and entries in the information dictionary: +<!--l. 2334--><p class="noindent" >The PDF format allows two encodings for bookmarks and entries in the information dictionary: PDFDocEncoding and Unicode as UTF-16BE. Option <span class="ec-lmss-10">pdfencoding </span>selects between these encodings: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2337--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 2338--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">pdfdoc </span>uses PDFDocEncoding. It uses just one byte per character, but the supported characters are limited (244 in PDF-1.7). </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2339--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 2340--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">unicode </span>sets Unicode. It is encoded as UTF-16BE. Two bytes are used for most characters, surrogates need four bytes. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2341--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 2342--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">auto </span>PDFDocEncoding if the string does not contain characters outside the encoding (outside ascii if an unicode engine is used) and Unicode otherwise. This option is not intended for the unicode engines.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2346--><p class="indent" > All drivers use <span +<!--l. 2347--><p class="indent" > All drivers use <span class="ec-lmss-10">unicode </span>by default now. If another encoding should be forced, it should be done in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypersetup</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 2349--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2350--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.20 </span> <a id="x1-490007.20"></a>Color options/package hycolor</h4> -<!--l. 2351--><p class="noindent" >See documentation of package ‘hycolor’. -<!--l. 2354--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2352--><p class="noindent" >See documentation of package ‘hycolor’. +<!--l. 2355--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.21 </span> <a id="x1-500007.21"></a>Option pdfusetitle</h4> -<!--l. 2356--><p class="noindent" >If option pdfusetitle is set then <span +<!--l. 2357--><p class="noindent" >If option pdfusetitle is set then <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>tries to derive the values for pdftitle and pdfauthor from <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\title</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -5840,28 +5844,28 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\author</span></span></span>. An optional argument for <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\title</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\author</span></span></span> is supported (class amsart). -<!--l. 2362--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2363--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.22 </span> <a id="x1-510007.22"></a>Starred form of \autoref</h4> -<!--l. 2364--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2365--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref*</span></span></span> generates a reference without link as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageref*</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 2367--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2368--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.23 </span> <a id="x1-520007.23"></a>Link border style</h4> -<!--l. 2369--><p class="noindent" >Links can be underlined instead of the default rectangle or options <span +<!--l. 2370--><p class="noindent" >Links can be underlined instead of the default rectangle or options <span class="ec-lmss-10">colorlinks</span>, <span class="ec-lmss-10">frenchlinks</span>. This is done by option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborderstyle={/S/U/W</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> 1}</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2373--><p class="indent" > Some remarks: +<!--l. 2374--><p class="indent" > Some remarks: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2376--><p class="noindent" >AR7/Linux seems to have a bug, that don’t use the default value <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2377--><p class="noindent" >AR7/Linux seems to have a bug, that don’t use the default value <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">1</span></span></span> for the width, but zero, thus that the underline is not visible without <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">/W</span><span @@ -5869,44 +5873,44 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10"> 1</span></span></span>. The same applies for dashed pdfborderstyle=/S/D/D[3 2]/W 1 </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2382--><p class="noindent" >The syntax is described in the PDF specification, look for “border style”, eg. Table 8.13 + <!--l. 2383--><p class="noindent" >The syntax is described in the PDF specification, look for “border style”, eg. Table 8.13 “Entries in a border style dictionary” (specification for version 1.6) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2387--><p class="noindent" >The border style is removed by pdfborderstyle= This is automatically done if option + <!--l. 2388--><p class="noindent" >The border style is removed by pdfborderstyle= This is automatically done if option colorlinks is enabled. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2391--><p class="noindent" >Be aware that not all PDF viewers support this feature, not even Acrobat Reader itself: - <!--l. 2394--><p class="noindent" >Some support: + <!--l. 2392--><p class="noindent" >Be aware that not all PDF viewers support this feature, not even Acrobat Reader itself: + <!--l. 2395--><p class="noindent" >Some support: <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2396--><p class="noindent" >AR7/Linux: <span + <!--l. 2397--><p class="noindent" >AR7/Linux: <span class="ec-lmss-10">underline </span>and <span class="ec-lmss-10">dashed</span>, but the border width must be given. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2398--><p class="noindent" >xpdf 3.00: <span + <!--l. 2399--><p class="noindent" >xpdf 3.00: <span class="ec-lmss-10">underline </span>and <span class="ec-lmss-10">dashed</span></li></ul> - <!--l. 2401--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported: + <!--l. 2402--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported: <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2403--><p class="noindent" >AR5/Linux + <!--l. 2404--><p class="noindent" >AR5/Linux </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2404--><p class="noindent" >ghostscript 8.50</li></ul> + <!--l. 2405--><p class="noindent" >ghostscript 8.50</li></ul> </li></ul> -<!--l. 2408--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2409--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.24 </span> <a id="x1-530007.24"></a>Option <span class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth</span></h4> -<!--l. 2410--><p class="noindent" >The depth of the bookmarks can be controlled by the new option <span +<!--l. 2411--><p class="noindent" >The depth of the bookmarks can be controlled by the new option <span class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth</span>. The option acts globally and distinguishes three cases: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2414--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 2415--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth </span>without value Then <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>uses the current value of counter <span class="ec-lmss-10">tocdepth</span>. This @@ -5915,12 +5919,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">tocdepth</span>. This </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2417--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2418--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksdepth=<number></span></span></span>, the value is number (also negative): The depth for the bookmarks are set to this number. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2419--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2420--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksdepth=<name></span></span></span> The <name> is a document division name (part, chapter, ...). It must not start with a digit or minus to avoid mixing up with the number case. Internally <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>uses @@ -5933,32 +5937,32 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\toclevel@<name></span></span></span>. Example     \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=4} % same as before     \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth} % counter "tocdepth" is used </pre> - <!--l. 2429--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> -<!--l. 2432--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 2430--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> +<!--l. 2433--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.25 </span> <a id="x1-540007.25"></a>Option <span class="ec-lmss-10">pdfescapeform</span></h4> -<!--l. 2434--><p class="noindent" >There are many places where arbitrary strings end up as PS or PDF strings. The PS/PDF strings in +<!--l. 2435--><p class="noindent" >There are many places where arbitrary strings end up as PS or PDF strings. The PS/PDF strings in parentheses form require the protection of some characters, e.g. unmatched left or right parentheses need escaping or the escape character itself (backslash). Since 2006/02/12 v6.75a the PS/PDF driver should do this automatically. However I assume a problem with compatibility, especially regarding the form part where larger amounts of JavaScript code can be present. It would be a pain to remove all the escaping, because an additional escaping layer can falsify the code. -<!--l. 2446--><p class="indent" > Therefore a new option pdfescapeform was introduced: +<!--l. 2447--><p class="indent" > Therefore a new option pdfescapeform was introduced: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2448--><p class="noindent" >pdfescapeform=false Escaping for the formulars are disabled, this is the compatibility + <!--l. 2449--><p class="noindent" >pdfescapeform=false Escaping for the formulars are disabled, this is the compatibility behaviour, therefore this is the default. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2451--><p class="noindent" >pdfescapeform=true Then the PS/PDF drivers do all the necessary escaping. This is the + <!--l. 2452--><p class="noindent" >pdfescapeform=true Then the PS/PDF drivers do all the necessary escaping. This is the logical choice and the recommended setting. For example, the user writes JavaScript as JavaScript and do not care about escaping characters for PS/PDF output.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2459--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2460--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.26 </span> <a id="x1-550007.26"></a>Default driver setting</h4> -<!--l. 2461--><p class="noindent" >(hyperref <span +<!--l. 2462--><p class="noindent" >(hyperref <span class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>6.72s) If no driver is given, <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>tries its best to guess the most suitable driver. Thus it loads <span @@ -5976,19 +5980,19 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg</span></span></span>: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">     \providecommand*{\Hy@defaultdriver}{hdvips} </pre> -<!--l. 2474--><p class="nopar" > for dvips, or +<!--l. 2475--><p class="nopar" > for dvips, or <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">     \providecommand*{\Hy@defaultdriver}{hypertex} </pre> -<!--l. 2478--><p class="nopar" > for the default behaviour of <span +<!--l. 2479--><p class="nopar" > for the default behaviour of <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. -<!--l. 2481--><p class="indent" > See also the new option ‘driverfallback’. -<!--l. 2483--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2482--><p class="indent" > See also the new option ‘driverfallback’. +<!--l. 2484--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.27 </span> <a id="x1-560007.27"></a>Backref entries</h4> -<!--l. 2485--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for formatting of backref entries, example: +<!--l. 2486--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for formatting of backref entries, example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48"> @@ -6081,11 +6085,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 2574--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2576--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2575--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2577--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.28 </span> <a id="x1-570007.28"></a>\phantomsection</h4> -<!--l. 2578--><p class="noindent" >Set an anchor at this location. It is often used in conjunction with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2579--><p class="noindent" >Set an anchor at this location. It is often used in conjunction with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> for sectionlike things (index, bibliography, preface). <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> refers to the latest previous location where an anchor is @@ -6098,13 +6102,13 @@ set.   \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}   \printindex </pre> -<!--l. 2588--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2590--><p class="indent" > Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index +<!--l. 2589--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2591--><p class="indent" > Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index page, not to a location before this page. -<!--l. 2594--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2595--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.29 </span> <a id="x1-580007.29"></a>puenc encoding, puenc-greekbasic.def and puenc-extra.def</h4> -<!--l. 2596--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 2597--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span>option loads for the bookmarks <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">puenc.def </span>which contains quite a lot definitions of commands for the bookmarks. As <span @@ -6115,27 +6119,27 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>uses two strategies. <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2603--><p class="noindent" >A number of command are only defined conditionally: The commands for the cyrillic block + <!--l. 2604--><p class="noindent" >A number of command are only defined conditionally: The commands for the cyrillic block if <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\CYRDZE </span>is defined, greek if <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textBeta </span>is defined, and hebrew if <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hebdalet </span>is defined. - <!--l. 2607--><p class="noindent" >The greek block is in an extra file, <span + <!--l. 2608--><p class="noindent" >The greek block is in an extra file, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">puenc-greekbasic.def</span>, which can be loaded manually if needed. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2610--><p class="noindent" >Other commands are moved to an extra file <span + <!--l. 2611--><p class="noindent" >Other commands are moved to an extra file <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">puenc-extra.def </span>which is not loaded automatically, but can be loaded in the preamble if needed. Currently this file contains all definitions for the accent <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\G</span>.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2617--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2618--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8 </span> <a id="x1-590008"></a>Acrobat-specific behavior</h3> -<!--l. 2618--><p class="noindent" >If you want to access the menu options of Acrobat Reader or Exchange, the following macro is provided +<!--l. 2619--><p class="noindent" >If you want to access the menu options of Acrobat Reader or Exchange, the following macro is provided in the appropriate drivers: -<!--l. 2621--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-44" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2622--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-44" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-44-1g"><col id="TBL-44-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6148,17 +6152,17 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2625--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 2626--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is used to create a button which activates the appropriate <span class="ec-lmri-10">menuoption</span>. The following table lists the option names you can use—comparison of this with the menus in Acrobat Reader or Exchange will show what they do. Obviously some are only appropriate to Exchange. -<!--l. 2628--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 2629--><p class="indent" > <a id="x1-59001r13"></a> - <!--l. 2629--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-45" class="longtable" + <!--l. 2630--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-45" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-45-1g"><col id="TBL-45-1"><col @@ -6167,7 +6171,7 @@ id="TBL-45-2"></colgroup> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-45-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-1-1" class="td01">File </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-1-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2629--><p class="noindent" >Open, + <!--l. 2630--><p class="noindent" >Open, Close, Scan, Save, @@ -6181,7 +6185,7 @@ class="td10"> class="td01">File<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Import </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-2-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2630--><p class="noindent" >ImportImage, + <!--l. 2631--><p class="noindent" >ImportImage, ImportNotes, AcroForm:ImportFDF </td> </tr><tr @@ -6189,14 +6193,14 @@ class="td10"> class="td01">File<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Export </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-3-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2631--><p class="noindent" >ExportNotes, + <!--l. 2632--><p class="noindent" >ExportNotes, AcroForm:ExportFDF </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-45-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-4-1" class="td01">File<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>DocumentInfo </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-4-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2632--><p class="noindent" >GeneralInfo, + <!--l. 2633--><p class="noindent" >GeneralInfo, OpenInfo, FontsInfo, SecurityInfo, @@ -6207,7 +6211,7 @@ class="td10"> class="td01">File<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Preferences </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-5-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2633--><p class="noindent" >GeneralPrefs, + <!--l. 2634--><p class="noindent" >GeneralPrefs, NotePrefs, FullScreenPrefs, Weblink:Prefs, @@ -6219,7 +6223,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-45-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-6-1" class="td01">Edit </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-6-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2635--><p class="noindent" >Undo, + <!--l. 2636--><p class="noindent" >Undo, Cut, Copy, Paste, @@ -6235,13 +6239,13 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-45-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-7-1" class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-7-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2638--><p class="noindent" >Properties </td> + <!--l. 2639--><p class="noindent" >Properties </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-45-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-8-1" class="td01">Edit<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Fields </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-8-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2639--><p class="noindent" >AcroForm:Duplicate, + <!--l. 2640--><p class="noindent" >AcroForm:Duplicate, AcroForm:TabOrder </td> @@ -6249,7 +6253,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-45-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-9-1" class="td01">Document </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-9-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2640--><p class="noindent" >Cpt:CapturePages, + <!--l. 2641--><p class="noindent" >Cpt:CapturePages, AcroForm:Actions, CropPages, RotatePages, @@ -6265,7 +6269,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-45-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-10-1" class="td01">View </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-10-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2643--><p class="noindent" >ActualSize, + <!--l. 2644--><p class="noindent" >ActualSize, FitVisible, FitWidth, FitPage, @@ -6289,7 +6293,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-45-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-11-1" class="td01">Tools </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-11-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2646--><p class="noindent" >Hand, + <!--l. 2647--><p class="noindent" >Hand, ZoomIn, ZoomOut, SelectText, @@ -6311,7 +6315,7 @@ class="td10"> class="td01">Tools<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Search </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-12-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2649--><p class="noindent" >AcroSrch:Query, + <!--l. 2650--><p class="noindent" >AcroSrch:Query, AcroSrch:Indexes, AcroSrch:Results, AcroSrch:Assist, @@ -6323,7 +6327,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-45-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-13-1" class="td01">Window </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-13-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2651--><p class="noindent" >ShowHideToolBar, + <!--l. 2652--><p class="noindent" >ShowHideToolBar, ShowHideMenuBar, ShowHideClipboard, Cascade, @@ -6334,7 +6338,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-45-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-14-1" class="td01">Help </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-14-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2653--><p class="noindent" >HelpUserGuide, + <!--l. 2654--><p class="noindent" >HelpUserGuide, HelpTutorial, HelpExchange, HelpScan, @@ -6349,7 +6353,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-45-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-15-1" class="td01">Help(Windows) </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-15-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2655--><p class="noindent" >About </td> + <!--l. 2656--><p class="noindent" >About </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-45-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-16-1" class="td01"> </td> @@ -6364,18 +6368,18 @@ class="td01"> </td> class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-19-2" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 2658--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2659--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9 </span> <a id="x1-600009"></a>PDF and HTML forms</h3> -<!--l. 2659--><p class="noindent" >You must put your fields inside a <span +<!--l. 2660--><p class="noindent" >You must put your fields inside a <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Form </span>environment. The environment does some general setups, so should be used only once in a document. Using simply <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Form </span>at the begin of the document is possible too. -<!--l. 2663--><p class="indent" > There are six macros to prepare fields: +<!--l. 2664--><p class="indent" > There are six macros to prepare fields: -<!--l. 2665--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-46" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2666--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-46" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-46-1g"><col id="TBL-46-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6388,7 +6392,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2669--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-47" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2670--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-47" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-47-1g"><col id="TBL-47-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6401,7 +6405,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2673--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-48" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2674--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-48" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-48-1g"><col id="TBL-48-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6416,7 +6420,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">choices</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2677--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-49" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2678--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-49" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-49-1g"><col id="TBL-49-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6429,7 +6433,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2681--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-50" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2682--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-50" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-50-1g"><col id="TBL-50-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6442,7 +6446,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2685--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-51" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2686--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-51" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-51-1g"><col id="TBL-51-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6455,8 +6459,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2689--><p class="indent" > The way forms and their labels are laid out is determined by: -<!--l. 2690--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-52" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2690--><p class="indent" > The way forms and their labels are laid out is determined by: +<!--l. 2691--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-52" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-52-1g"><col id="TBL-52-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6469,7 +6473,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2694--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-53" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2695--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-53" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-53-1g"><col id="TBL-53-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6482,7 +6486,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2698--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-54" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2699--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-54" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-54-1g"><col id="TBL-54-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6495,9 +6499,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2702--><p class="indent" > These macros default to #1 #2 -<!--l. 2704--><p class="indent" > What is actually shown in the field is determined by: -<!--l. 2705--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-55" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2703--><p class="indent" > These macros default to #1 #2 +<!--l. 2705--><p class="indent" > What is actually shown in the field is determined by: +<!--l. 2706--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-55" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-55-1g"><col id="TBL-55-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6510,7 +6514,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2709--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-56" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2710--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-56" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-56-1g"><col id="TBL-56-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6523,7 +6527,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2712--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-57" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2713--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-57" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-57-1g"><col id="TBL-57-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6536,7 +6540,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2715--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-58" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2716--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-58" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-58-1g"><col id="TBL-58-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6549,7 +6553,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2719--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-59" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2720--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-59" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-59-1g"><col id="TBL-59-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6559,7 +6563,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeButtonField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2723--><p class="indent" > These macros default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2724--><p class="indent" > These macros default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vbox</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> #2{\hbox</span><span @@ -6568,7 +6572,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10"> #1{\hfill}\vfill}</span></span></span>, except the l to #1; it is used for buttons, and the special <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Submit </span>and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Reset </span>macros. -<!--l. 2727--><p class="indent" > You may also want to redefine the following macros: +<!--l. 2728--><p class="indent" > You may also want to redefine the following macros: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50"> @@ -6584,13 +6588,13 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Reset </span>macros. \def\DefaultHeightofTextMultiline{4\baselineskip} \def\DefaultWidthofText{3cm} </pre> -<!--l. 2740--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2742--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2741--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2743--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1 </span> <a id="x1-610009.1"></a>Forms environment parameters</h4> -<!--l. 2745--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2746--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-61001r14"></a> <!--l. 2746--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-60" class="longtable" + id="x1-61001r14"></a> <!--l. 2747--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-60" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-60-1g"><col id="TBL-60-1"><col @@ -6603,7 +6607,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">action </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-60-1-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2746--><p class="noindent" >The URL that will receive the form data if a <span + <!--l. 2747--><p class="noindent" >The URL that will receive the form data if a <span class="ec-lmss-10">Submit </span>button is included in the form </td> </tr><tr @@ -6613,7 +6617,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">encoding </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-a class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">name </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-60-2-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2747--><p class="noindent" >The encoding for the string set to the URL; FDF-encoding + <!--l. 2748--><p class="noindent" >The encoding for the string set to the URL; FDF-encoding is usual, and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">html </span>is the only valid value </td> </tr><tr @@ -6623,7 +6627,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">method </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-al class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">name </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-60-3-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2749--><p class="noindent" >Used only when generating HTML; values can be <span + <!--l. 2750--><p class="noindent" >Used only when generating HTML; values can be <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">post </span>or <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">get</span> </td> @@ -6645,16 +6649,16 @@ class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-60-8-3" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 2752--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2753--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.2 </span> <a id="x1-620009.2"></a>Forms optional parameters</h4> -<!--l. 2753--><p class="noindent" >Note that all colors must be expressed as RGB triples, in the range 0..1 (i.e. <span +<!--l. 2754--><p class="noindent" >Note that all colors must be expressed as RGB triples, in the range 0..1 (i.e. <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">color=0 0</span> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">0.5</span>) -<!--l. 2757--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 2758--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-62001r15"></a> <!--l. 2758--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-61" class="longtable" + id="x1-62001r15"></a> <!--l. 2759--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-61" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-61-1g"><col id="TBL-61-1"><col @@ -7114,29 +7118,29 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-61-63-4" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 2819--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2820--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10 </span> <a id="x1-6300010"></a>Defining a new driver</h3> -<!--l. 2820--><p class="noindent" >A <span +<!--l. 2821--><p class="noindent" >A <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>driver has to provide definitions for eight macros: -<!--l. 2823--><p class="noindent" >1. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2824--><p class="noindent" >1. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@anchor</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2825--><p class="noindent" >2. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2826--><p class="noindent" >2. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@link</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2827--><p class="noindent" >3. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2828--><p class="noindent" >3. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkfile</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2829--><p class="noindent" >4. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2830--><p class="noindent" >4. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkurl</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2831--><p class="noindent" >5. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2832--><p class="noindent" >5. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@anchorstart</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2833--><p class="noindent" >6. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2834--><p class="noindent" >6. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@anchorend</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2835--><p class="noindent" >7. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2836--><p class="noindent" >7. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkstart</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2837--><p class="noindent" >8. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2838--><p class="noindent" >8. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkend</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2840--><p class="indent" > The draft option defines the macros as follows +<!--l. 2841--><p class="indent" > The draft option defines the macros as follows <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51"> @@ -7149,17 +7153,17 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkend</span></span></span> \let\hyper@linkstart\@gobbletwo \let\hyper@linkend\@empty </pre> -<!--l. 2850--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2852--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2851--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2853--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11 </span> <a id="x1-6400011"></a>Special support for other packages</h3> -<!--l. 2854--><p class="noindent" >Package <span +<!--l. 2855--><p class="noindent" >Package <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>aims to cooperate with other packages, but while the long term goal is to remove patches and to move link support into the kernel, classes and packages there are still several possible sources for conflict, such as <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2861--><p class="noindent" >Packages that manipulate the bibliographic mechanism. Peter William’s <span + <!--l. 2862--><p class="noindent" >Packages that manipulate the bibliographic mechanism. Peter William’s <span class="ec-lmss-10">harvard </span>package is supported. However, the recommended package is either Patrick Daly’s <span class="ec-lmss-10">natbib </span>package @@ -7171,7 +7175,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">biblatex </span>package. Both class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2869--><p class="noindent" >Packages that changes <span + <!--l. 2870--><p class="noindent" >Packages that changes <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref </span>macros. Since LaTeX 2023-06-01 the kernel and <span @@ -7182,11 +7186,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>has a hook for external packages. There should be no need for external packages and classes to redefine them. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2875--><p class="noindent" >Packages that do anything serious with the index. + <!--l. 2876--><p class="noindent" >Packages that do anything serious with the index. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2877--><p class="noindent" >Packages that do anything serious with sectioning commands and the toc.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2883--><p class="indent" > The <span + <!--l. 2878--><p class="noindent" >Packages that do anything serious with sectioning commands and the toc.</li></ul> +<!--l. 2884--><p class="indent" > The <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>package is distributed with a variant of the <span class="ec-lmss-10">xr</span>, <span @@ -7200,8 +7204,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref </span>mechanisms. <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1 </span> <a id="x1-6500011.1"></a>Package Compatibility</h4> -<!--l. 2891--><p class="noindent" >Currently only package loading orders are available: -<!--l. 2894--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2892--><p class="noindent" >Currently only package loading orders are available: +<!--l. 2895--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.1 </span> <a id="x1-6600011.1.1"></a>algorithm</h5> @@ -7211,11 +7215,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref </span>mechanisms.   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage[chapter]{algorithm}% eg. </pre> -<!--l. 2899--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2901--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2900--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2902--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.2 </span> <a id="x1-6700011.1.2"></a>amsmath</h5> -<!--l. 2903--><p class="noindent" >The environments equation and eqnarray are not supported too well. For example, there might be +<!--l. 2904--><p class="noindent" >The environments equation and eqnarray are not supported too well. For example, there might be spacing problems (eqnarray isn’t recommended anyway, see CTAN:info/l2tabu/, the situation for equation is unclear, because nobody is interested in investigating). Consider using the environments that package amsmath provide, e.g. gather for equation. The environment equation can even redefined to use @@ -7227,11 +7231,11 @@ gather:   \let\equation\gather   \let\endequation\endgather </pre> -<!--l. 2914--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2916--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2915--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2917--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.3 </span> <a id="x1-6800011.1.3"></a>amsrefs</h5> -<!--l. 2918--><p class="noindent" >The documentation of <span +<!--l. 2919--><p class="noindent" >The documentation of <span class="ec-lmss-10">amsrefs </span>claims that the package must be loaded after <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>(it is unclear if that is really true) so the recommended package loading order is: @@ -7241,11 +7245,11 @@ is really true) so the recommended package loading order is:   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{amsrefs} </pre> -<!--l. 2925--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2927--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2926--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2928--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.4 </span> <a id="x1-6900011.1.4"></a>arydshln, longtable</h5> -<!--l. 2929--><p class="noindent" >Package <span +<!--l. 2930--><p class="noindent" >Package <span class="ec-lmss-10">longtable </span>must be put before <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>and <span class="ec-lmss-10">arydshln</span>, <span @@ -7259,16 +7263,16 @@ thus the resulting package order is then:   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{arydshln} </pre> -<!--l. 2937--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2939--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2938--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2940--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.5 </span> <a id="x1-7000011.1.5"></a>babel/magyar.ldf</h5> -<!--l. 2941--><p class="noindent" >The old version 2005/03/30 v1.4j will not work. You need at least version 1.5, maintained by Péter +<!--l. 2942--><p class="noindent" >The old version 2005/03/30 v1.4j will not work. You need at least version 1.5, maintained by Péter Szabó, see CTAN:language/hungarian/babel/. -<!--l. 2946--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2947--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.6 </span> <a id="x1-7100011.1.6"></a>babel/spanish.ldf</h5> -<!--l. 2948--><p class="noindent" >Babel’s spanish.ldf redefines ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2949--><p class="noindent" >Babel’s spanish.ldf redefines ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.</span></span></span>’ to support ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\...</span></span></span>’. In bookmarks (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef</span></span></span>) only ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -7276,10 +7280,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.</span></span></span>’ is supported. If ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\...</span></span></span>’ is needed, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring{\...}{\dots}</span></span></span> can be used instead. -<!--l. 2955--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2956--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.7 </span> <a id="x1-7200011.1.7"></a>bibentry</h5> -<!--l. 2957--><p class="noindent" >Workaround: +<!--l. 2958--><p class="noindent" >Workaround: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56"> @@ -7298,20 +7302,20 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring{\...}{\dots}</span></span></span> can be use     \nobibliography{database}   \endgroup </pre> -<!--l. 2974--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2976--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2975--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2977--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.8 </span> <a id="x1-7300011.1.8"></a>bigfoot</h5> -<!--l. 2978--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 2979--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>does not support package <span class="ec-lmss-10">bigfoot</span>. And package <span class="ec-lmss-10">bigfoot </span>does not support <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>’s footnotes and disables them (hyperfootnotes=false). -<!--l. 2983--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2984--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.9 </span> <a id="x1-7400011.1.9"></a>chappg</h5> -<!--l. 2985--><p class="noindent" >Package <span +<!--l. 2986--><p class="noindent" >Package <span class="ec-lmss-10">chappg </span>uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> that is redefined by <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. The package order is therefore: @@ -7321,11 +7325,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. The package order is therefore:   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{chappg} </pre> -<!--l. 2991--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2993--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2992--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2994--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.10 </span> <a id="x1-7500011.1.10"></a>count1to</h5> -<!--l. 2995--><p class="noindent" >Package ‘count1to’ adds several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2996--><p class="noindent" >Package ‘count1to’ adds several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> commands that confuse ‘hyperref’. Therefore <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<...></span></span></span> has to be fixed: @@ -7341,27 +7345,27 @@ has to be fixed:     \renewcommand*{\theHsubparagraph}{\theHparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}%   } </pre> -<!--l. 3007--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3009--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3008--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3010--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.11 </span> <a id="x1-7600011.1.11"></a>dblaccnt</h5> -<!--l. 3011--><p class="noindent" >pd1enc.def or puenc.def should be loaded before: +<!--l. 3012--><p class="noindent" >pd1enc.def or puenc.def should be loaded before: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{dblaccnt} </pre> -<!--l. 3015--><p class="nopar" > or see entry for <span +<!--l. 3016--><p class="nopar" > or see entry for <span class="ec-lmss-10">vietnam</span>. -<!--l. 3019--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3020--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.12 </span> <a id="x1-7700011.1.12"></a>easyeqn</h5> -<!--l. 3020--><p class="noindent" >Not compatible, breaks. -<!--l. 3023--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3021--><p class="noindent" >Not compatible, breaks. +<!--l. 3024--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.13 </span> <a id="x1-7800011.1.13"></a>ellipsis</h5> -<!--l. 3025--><p class="noindent" >This packages redefines <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3026--><p class="noindent" >This packages redefines <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textellipsis</span></span></span> after package <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>(pd1enc.def/puenc.def should be loaded before): @@ -7371,10 +7375,10 @@ before):   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{ellipsis} </pre> -<!--l. 3030--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3032--><p class="indent" > (this will lead to wrong ellipsis in the bookmarks, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3031--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3033--><p class="indent" > (this will lead to wrong ellipsis in the bookmarks, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> is needed). -<!--l. 3034--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3035--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.14 </span> <a id="x1-7900011.1.14"></a>float</h5> @@ -7383,22 +7387,22 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> is needed).  \usepackage{float}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3038--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3039--><p class="nopar" > <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3040--><p class="noindent" >Several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3041--><p class="noindent" >Several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\caption</span></span></span> commands are not supported inside one float object. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3041--><p class="noindent" >Anchor are set at top of the float object, if its style is controlled by float.sty.</li></ul> -<!--l. 3045--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 3042--><p class="noindent" >Anchor are set at top of the float object, if its style is controlled by float.sty.</li></ul> +<!--l. 3046--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.15 </span> <a id="x1-8000011.1.15"></a>endnotes</h5> -<!--l. 3046--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported. -<!--l. 3048--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported. +<!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.16 </span> <a id="x1-8100011.1.16"></a>foiltex</h5> -<!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" >Update to version 2008/01/28 v2.1.4b: Since version 6.77a <span +<!--l. 3050--><p class="noindent" >Update to version 2008/01/28 v2.1.4b: Since version 6.77a <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>does not hack into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@begindvi</span></span></span>, it uses package ‘atbegshi’ instead, that hooks into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -7407,14 +7411,14 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span> is now obsolete and causes an undefined error message about <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@hyperfixhead</span></span></span>. This is fixed in FoilTeX 2.1.4b. -<!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3058--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.17 </span> <a id="x1-8200011.1.17"></a>footnote</h5> -<!--l. 3059--><p class="noindent" >This package is not supported, you have to disable <span +<!--l. 3060--><p class="noindent" >This package is not supported, you have to disable <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>’s footnote support by using option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes=false</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 3063--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.18 </span> <a id="x1-8300011.1.18"></a>linguex</h5> @@ -7423,8 +7427,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes=false</span></span></span>.  \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{linguex} </pre> -<!--l. 3067--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3069--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3068--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3070--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.19 </span> <a id="x1-8400011.1.19"></a>ltabptch</h5> @@ -7434,12 +7438,12 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes=false</span></span></span>.   \usepackage{ltabptch}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3074--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3076--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3075--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3077--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.20 </span> <a id="x1-8500011.1.20"></a>mathenv</h5> -<!--l. 3078--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported. -<!--l. 3082--><p class="indent" > Both <span +<!--l. 3079--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported. +<!--l. 3083--><p class="indent" > Both <span class="ec-lmss-10">mathenv </span>and <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>messes around with environment <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">eqnarray</span>. You can load <span @@ -7449,12 +7453,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>to avoid an error message. But <span class="o class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> will not work inside environment <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">eqnarray </span>properly, for example. -<!--l. 3089--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3090--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.21 </span> <a id="x1-8600011.1.21"></a>minitoc-hyper</h5> -<!--l. 3091--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package <span +<!--l. 3092--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package <span class="ec-lmss-10">minitoc </span>instead. -<!--l. 3096--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3097--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.22 </span> <a id="x1-8700011.1.22"></a>multind</h5> @@ -7463,8 +7467,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">minitoc </span>instead.  \usepackage{multind}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3100--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3102--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3101--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3103--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.23 </span> <a id="x1-8800011.1.23"></a>natbib</h5> @@ -7473,23 +7477,31 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">minitoc </span>instead.  \usepackage{natbib}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3106--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3108--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3107--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3109--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.24 </span> <a id="x1-8900011.1.24"></a>nomencl</h5> -<!--l. 3109--><p class="noindent" >Example for introducing links for the page numbers: +<!--l. 3110--><p class="noindent" >Example for introducing links for the page numbers: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">       \renewcommand*{\pagedeclaration}[1]{\unskip, \hyperpage{#1}} </pre> -<!--l. 3112--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3113--><p class="nopar" > <!--l. 3115--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.25 </span> <a - id="x1-9000011.1.25"></a>ntheorem-hyper</h5> -<!--l. 3116--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package <span + id="x1-9000011.1.25"></a>ntheorem</h5> +<!--l. 3117--><p class="noindent" >This package is not fully supported. The <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">thref </span>option should not be used at all as it breaks the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> +command. It also not garantied that links to theorems always work properly as the package redefines +many internals and but offers no proper interface for hyperlinks. +<!--l. 3122--><p class="noindent" > + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.26 </span> <a + id="x1-9100011.1.26"></a>ntheorem-hyper</h5> +<!--l. 3123--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package <span class="ec-lmss-10">ntheorem </span>instead. -<!--l. 3120--><p class="indent" > For equations the following might work: +<!--l. 3127--><p class="indent" > For equations the following might work: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67"> @@ -7499,10 +7511,10 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">ntheorem </span>instead.     But the mapping from the equation number to the anchor name     is not available in general. </pre> -<!--l. 3127--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3130--><p class="noindent" > - <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.26 </span> <a - id="x1-9100011.1.26"></a>prettyref</h5> +<!--l. 3134--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3137--><p class="noindent" > + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.27 </span> <a + id="x1-9200011.1.27"></a>prettyref</h5> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68"> @@ -7525,30 +7537,30 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">ntheorem </span>instead. %%% example for prettyref %%%        </pre> -<!--l. 3149--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3152--><p class="noindent" > - <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.27 </span> <a - id="x1-9200011.1.27"></a>setspace</h5> +<!--l. 3156--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3159--><p class="noindent" > + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.28 </span> <a + id="x1-9300011.1.28"></a>setspace</h5> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">  \usepackage{setspace}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3156--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3158--><p class="noindent" > - <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.28 </span> <a - id="x1-9300011.1.28"></a>sidecap</h5> -<!--l. 3159--><p class="noindent" >Nothing special is needed anymore. -<!--l. 3161--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3163--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3165--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.29 </span> <a - id="x1-9400011.1.29"></a>subfigure</h5> -<!--l. 3162--><p class="noindent" >The package is obsolete. Use either <span + id="x1-9400011.1.29"></a>sidecap</h5> +<!--l. 3166--><p class="noindent" >Nothing special is needed anymore. +<!--l. 3168--><p class="noindent" > + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.30 </span> <a + id="x1-9500011.1.30"></a>subfigure</h5> +<!--l. 3169--><p class="noindent" >The package is obsolete. Use either <span class="ec-lmss-10">subfig </span>or <span class="ec-lmss-10">subcaption</span> -<!--l. 3165--><p class="noindent" > - <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.30 </span> <a - id="x1-9500011.1.30"></a>titleref</h5> +<!--l. 3172--><p class="noindent" > + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.31 </span> <a + id="x1-9600011.1.31"></a>titleref</h5> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70"> @@ -7556,31 +7568,31 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">subcaption</span>   \usepackage{titleref}% without usetoc   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3170--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3172--><p class="noindent" > - <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.31 </span> <a - id="x1-9600011.1.31"></a>tabularx</h5> -<!--l. 3174--><p class="noindent" >Linked footnotes are not supported inside environment <span +<!--l. 3177--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3179--><p class="noindent" > + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.32 </span> <a + id="x1-9700011.1.32"></a>tabularx</h5> +<!--l. 3181--><p class="noindent" >Linked footnotes are not supported inside environment <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">tabularx</span>, because they uses the optional argument of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>, see section ‘Limitations’. Before version 2011/09/28 6.82i <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>had disabled footnotes entirely by <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes=false</span>. -<!--l. 3180--><p class="noindent" > - <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.32 </span> <a - id="x1-9700011.1.32"></a>titlesec</h5> -<!--l. 3182--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 3187--><p class="noindent" > + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.33 </span> <a + id="x1-9800011.1.33"></a>titlesec</h5> +<!--l. 3189--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">nameref </span>supports <span class="ec-lmss-10">titlesec</span>, but <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>does not (unsolved is the anchor setting, missing with unnumbered section, perhaps problems with page breaks with numbered ones). -<!--l. 3187--><p class="noindent" > - <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.33 </span> <a - id="x1-9800011.1.33"></a>ucs/utf8x.def</h5> -<!--l. 3188--><p class="noindent" >Note: utf8 is now the default in LaTeX and <span +<!--l. 3194--><p class="noindent" > + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.34 </span> <a + id="x1-9900011.1.34"></a>ucs/utf8x.def</h5> +<!--l. 3195--><p class="noindent" >Note: utf8 is now the default in LaTeX and <span class="ec-lmss-10">ucs </span>is no longer recommended. -<!--l. 3191--><p class="indent" > The first time a multibyte UTF8 sequence is called, it does some calculations and stores the result in +<!--l. 3198--><p class="indent" > The first time a multibyte UTF8 sequence is called, it does some calculations and stores the result in a macro for speeding up the next calls of that UTF8 sequence. However this makes the first call non-expandable and will break if used in information entries or bookmarks. Package <span class="ec-lmss-10">ucs </span>offers @@ -7596,18 +7608,18 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\PreloadUnicodePage</span></span></span> to solve this:     \PrerenderUnicode{^^c3^^b6}% or \PrerenderUnicodePage{1}     \hypersetup{pdftitle={Umlaut example: ^^c3^^b6}} </pre> -<!--l. 3204--><p class="nopar" > The notation with two carets avoids trouble with 8-bit bytes for the README file, you can use the +<!--l. 3211--><p class="nopar" > The notation with two carets avoids trouble with 8-bit bytes for the README file, you can use the characters directly. -<!--l. 3209--><p class="noindent" > - <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.34 </span> <a - id="x1-9900011.1.34"></a>varioref</h5> -<!--l. 3210--><p class="noindent" >Most previous problems with <span +<!--l. 3216--><p class="noindent" > + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.35 </span> <a + id="x1-10000011.1.35"></a>varioref</h5> +<!--l. 3217--><p class="noindent" >Most previous problems with <span class="ec-lmss-10">varioref </span>should be resolved. There is only an open issue regarding <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vrefformat </span>(<a href="https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues/225" class="url" ><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues/225</span></a>). -<!--l. 3214--><p class="indent" > It is recommended to load <span +<!--l. 3221--><p class="indent" > It is recommended to load <span class="ec-lmss-10">varioref </span>always with the option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">nospace</span>, see the documentation. @@ -7615,15 +7627,15 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">nospace</span>, see the documentation. <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">     \usepackage[nospace]{varioref} </pre> -<!--l. 3218--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3220--><p class="noindent" > - <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.35 </span> <a - id="x1-10000011.1.35"></a>verse</h5> -<!--l. 3222--><p class="noindent" >Version 2005/08/22 v2.22 contains support for <span -class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. -<!--l. 3224--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3225--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3227--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.36 </span> <a - id="x1-10100011.1.36"></a>vietnam</h5> + id="x1-10100011.1.36"></a>verse</h5> +<!--l. 3229--><p class="noindent" >Version 2005/08/22 v2.22 contains support for <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. +<!--l. 3231--><p class="noindent" > + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.37 </span> <a + id="x1-10200011.1.37"></a>vietnam</h5> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73"> @@ -7632,21 +7644,21 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>.   \usepackage{vietnam}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3230--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3232--><p class="noindent" > - <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.37 </span> <a - id="x1-10200011.1.37"></a>XeTeX</h5> -<!--l. 3234--><p class="noindent" >Default for the encoding of bookmarks is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3237--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3239--><p class="noindent" > + <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.38 </span> <a + id="x1-10300011.1.38"></a>XeTeX</h5> +<!--l. 3241--><p class="noindent" >Default for the encoding of bookmarks is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfencoding=unicode</span></span></span>. That means the strings are always treated as unicode strings. If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">auto</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdoc</span></span></span> is forced it applies only if the string restricts to the printable ASCII set, The reason is that the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> does not support PDFDocEncoding. -<!--l. 3240--><p class="indent" > In older versions <span +<!--l. 3247--><p class="indent" > In older versions <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>contained special conversion code from UTF-16BE back to UTF-8 in a number of places for xetex to avoid the xdvipdfmx warning -<!--l. 3244--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3251--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Failed</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> convert</span><span @@ -7654,54 +7666,54 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10"> input</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> string</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> UTF16...</span></span></span> -<!--l. 3246--><p class="indent" > This is no longer needed with a current xdvipdfmx, so this code has been removed. +<!--l. 3253--><p class="indent" > This is no longer needed with a current xdvipdfmx, so this code has been removed. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\csname</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> HyPsd@XeTeXBigCharstrue\endcsname</span></span></span> should no longer be used. -<!--l. 3252--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3259--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12 </span> <a - id="x1-10300012"></a>Limitations<span class="footnote-mark"><a + id="x1-10400012"></a>Limitations<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="hyperref-doc8.html#fn7x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">7</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-103001f7"></a> </h3> + id="x1-104001f7"></a> </h3> <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.1 </span> <a - id="x1-10400012.1"></a>Wrapped/broken link support</h4> -<!--l. 3255--><p class="noindent" >Only few drivers support automatically wrapped/broken links, e.g. pdftex, dvipdfmx, hypertex. Other + id="x1-10500012.1"></a>Wrapped/broken link support</h4> +<!--l. 3262--><p class="noindent" >Only few drivers support automatically wrapped/broken links, e.g. pdftex, dvipdfmx, hypertex. Other drivers lack this feature, e.g. dvips, dvipsone. -<!--l. 3259--><p class="indent" > Workarounds: +<!--l. 3266--><p class="indent" > Workarounds: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3261--><p class="noindent" >For long section or caption titles in the table of contents or list of figures/tables option + <!--l. 3268--><p class="noindent" >For long section or caption titles in the table of contents or list of figures/tables option <span class="ec-lmss-10">linktocpage </span>can be used. Then the page number will be a link, and the overlong section title is not forced into an one line link with overfull <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hbox</span></span></span> warning. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3266--><p class="noindent" >“<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3273--><p class="noindent" >“<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>”s are caught by package <span class="ec-lmss-10">breakurl</span>. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3267--><p class="noindent" >The option <span + <!--l. 3274--><p class="noindent" >The option <span class="ec-lmss-10">breaklinks </span>is intended for internal use. But it can be used to force link wrapping, e.g. when printing a document. However, when such a document is converted to PDF and viewed with a PDF viewer, the active link area will be misplaced. - <!--l. 3273--><p class="noindent" >Another limitation: some penalties are “optimized” by TeX, thus there are missing break + <!--l. 3280--><p class="noindent" >Another limitation: some penalties are “optimized” by TeX, thus there are missing break points, especially within <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>. (See thread “hyperref.sty, breaklinks and url.sty 3.2” in comp.text.tex 2005-09).</li></ul> -<!--l. 3279--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3286--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.2 </span> <a - id="x1-10500012.2"></a>Links across pages</h4> -<!--l. 3281--><p class="noindent" >In general they have problems: + id="x1-10600012.2"></a>Links across pages</h4> +<!--l. 3288--><p class="noindent" >In general they have problems: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3283--><p class="noindent" >Some driver doesn’t support them at all (see above). + <!--l. 3290--><p class="noindent" >Some driver doesn’t support them at all (see above). </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3284--><p class="noindent" >The driver allows it, but the link result might include the footer and/or header. This can + <!--l. 3291--><p class="noindent" >The driver allows it, but the link result might include the footer and/or header. This can currently (2023) be avoided by using the PDF management and to load at least the new-or-1 module from latex-lab: @@ -7710,12 +7722,12 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>. (See thread “hyperref.st       \DocumentMetadata{testphase=new-or-1}        </pre> - <!--l. 3290--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3297--><p class="nopar" > </li></ul> -<!--l. 3294--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3301--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.3 </span> <a - id="x1-10600012.3"></a>Footnotes</h4> -<!--l. 3296--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX allows the separation of the footnote mark and the footnote text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="x1-10700012.3"></a>Footnotes</h4> +<!--l. 3303--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX allows the separation of the footnote mark and the footnote text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>). This interface might be enough for visual typesetting. But the relation between @@ -7732,14 +7744,14 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>does not support the optional argument of <sp class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 3307--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3314--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13 </span> <a - id="x1-10700013"></a>Hints<span class="footnote-mark"><a + id="x1-10800013"></a>Hints<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="hyperref-doc9.html#fn8x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">8</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-107001f8"></a> </h3> + id="x1-108001f8"></a> </h3> <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1 </span> <a - id="x1-10800013.1"></a>Spaces in option values</h4> -<!--l. 3311--><p class="noindent" >Unhappily LaTeX strips spaces from options if they are given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="x1-10900013.1"></a>Spaces in option values</h4> +<!--l. 3318--><p class="noindent" >Unhappily LaTeX strips spaces from options if they are given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\documentclass</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage</span></span></span> (or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -7749,41 +7761,41 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\RequirePackage</span></span></span>), e.g.: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">     \usepackage[pdfborder=0 0 1]{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3315--><p class="nopar" > Package <span +<!--l. 3322--><p class="nopar" > Package <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>now gets <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">     pdfborder=001 </pre> -<!--l. 3319--><p class="nopar" > and the result is an invalid PDF file. As workaround braces can be used: +<!--l. 3326--><p class="nopar" > and the result is an invalid PDF file. As workaround braces can be used: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">     \usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 1}]{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3324--><p class="nopar" > Some options can also be given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3331--><p class="nopar" > Some options can also be given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">     \hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 1} </pre> -<!--l. 3328--><p class="nopar" > In <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3335--><p class="nopar" > In <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span> the options are directly processed as key value options (see package keyval) without space stripping in the value part. -<!--l. 3334--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, LaTeX’s option handling system can be adapted to key value options by one of the +<!--l. 3341--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, LaTeX’s option handling system can be adapted to key value options by one of the packages <span class="ec-lmss-10">kvoptions-patch </span>(from project <span class="ec-lmss-10">kvoptions</span>) or <span class="ec-lmss-10">xkvltxp </span>(from project <span class="ec-lmss-10">xsetkeys</span>). -<!--l. 3339--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3346--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.2 </span> <a - id="x1-10900013.2"></a>Index with makeindex</h4> + id="x1-11000013.2"></a>Index with makeindex</h4> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3341--><p class="noindent" >Package <span + <!--l. 3348--><p class="noindent" >Package <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>adds <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> commands by the encap mechanism (see documentation of Makeindex), if option hyperindex is set (default). <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -7798,7 +7810,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\romannumbering</span></span></span>, ...), then the page an class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages=false</span></span></span> is recommended. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3351--><p class="noindent" >The encap mechanism of Makeindex allows to use one command only (see documentation of + <!--l. 3358--><p class="noindent" >The encap mechanism of Makeindex allows to use one command only (see documentation of Makeindex). If the user sets such a command, <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>suppresses its <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> command. With @@ -7813,23 +7825,23 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> command. With       ...       \index{Some example|main} </pre> - <!--l. 3363--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3370--><p class="nopar" > </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3364--><p class="noindent" >Scientic Word/Scientific WorkPlace users can use package robustindex with hyperindex=false. + <!--l. 3371--><p class="noindent" >Scientic Word/Scientific WorkPlace users can use package robustindex with hyperindex=false. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3366--><p class="noindent" >Other encap characters can be set by option <span + <!--l. 3373--><p class="noindent" >Other encap characters can be set by option <span class="ec-lmss-10">encap</span>. Example for use of “?”: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">       \usepackage[encap=?]{hyperref} </pre> - <!--l. 3370--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3377--><p class="nopar" > </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3371--><p class="noindent" >Another possibility is the insertion of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3378--><p class="noindent" >Another possibility is the insertion of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> by a style file for makeindex. For this case, <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>’s insertion will be disabled by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -7850,12 +7862,12 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> will be defined regardless o encap_suffix "}" %%% cut %%% hyperindex.ist %%% cut %%% </pre> - <!--l. 3386--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> -<!--l. 3389--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 3393--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> +<!--l. 3396--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.3 </span> <a - id="x1-11000013.3"></a>Warning <span + id="x1-11100013.3"></a>Warning <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">"bookmark level for unknown <foobar> defaults to 0"</span></h4> -<!--l. 3391--><p class="noindent" >Getting rid of it: +<!--l. 3398--><p class="noindent" >Getting rid of it: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82"> @@ -7863,33 +7875,33 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">"bookmark level for unknown <foobar> defaults \providecommand*{\toclevel@<foobar>}{0} \makeatother </pre> -<!--l. 3396--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3398--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3403--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3405--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.4 </span> <a - id="x1-11100013.4"></a>Link anchors in figures</h4> -<!--l. 3400--><p class="noindent" >The caption command increments the counter and here is the place where <span + id="x1-11200013.4"></a>Link anchors in figures</h4> +<!--l. 3407--><p class="noindent" >The caption command increments the counter and here is the place where <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>set the corresponding anchor. Unhappily the caption is set below the figure, so the figure is not visible if a link jumps to a figure. In this case, try package <span class="ec-lmss-10">hypcap </span>that implements a method to circumvent the problem. -<!--l. 3408--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3415--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.5 </span> <a - id="x1-11200013.5"></a>Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</h4> + id="x1-11300013.5"></a>Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</h4> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83"> \documentclass[pdftex]{article} \usepackage[unicode]{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3412--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3414--><p class="indent" > Support for additional unicode characters: -<!--l. 3416--><p class="indent" > Example: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3419--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3421--><p class="indent" > Support for additional unicode characters: +<!--l. 3423--><p class="indent" > Example: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.{a}</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span> -<!--l. 3418--><p class="indent" > 1. Get a list with unicode data, eg: -<!--l. 3420--><p class="indent" > http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt -<!--l. 3422--><p class="indent" > 2. Identify the characters (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3425--><p class="indent" > 1. Get a list with unicode data, eg: +<!--l. 3427--><p class="indent" > http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt +<!--l. 3429--><p class="indent" > 2. Identify the characters (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.{a}</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span>): @@ -7898,9 +7910,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span>):     0227;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT ABOVE;...     1EA1;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT BELOW;... </pre> -<!--l. 3426--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3428--><p class="indent" > 3. Calculate the octal code: -<!--l. 3430--><p class="indent" > The first characters of the line in the file are hex values, convert each byte and prepend them with a +<!--l. 3433--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3435--><p class="indent" > 3. Calculate the octal code: +<!--l. 3437--><p class="indent" > The first characters of the line in the file are hex values, convert each byte and prepend them with a backslash. (This will go into the PDF file.) @@ -7908,10 +7920,10 @@ backslash. (This will go into the PDF file.)     0227 -> \002\047     1EA1 -> \036\241 </pre> -<!--l. 3437--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3439--><p class="indent" > 4. Transform into a form understood by <span +<!--l. 3444--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3446--><p class="indent" > 4. Transform into a form understood by <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>: -<!--l. 3441--><p class="indent" > Hyperref must know where the first byte starts, this is marked by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3448--><p class="indent" > Hyperref must know where the first byte starts, this is marked by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">9</span></span></span> (8 and 9 cannot occur in octal numbers): @@ -7920,8 +7932,8 @@ numbers):     \002\047 -> \9002\047     \036\241 -> \9036\241 </pre> -<!--l. 3448--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3450--><p class="indent" > Optional: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3455--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3457--><p class="indent" > Optional: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">8</span></span></span> is used for abbreviations: @@ -7930,8 +7942,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">8</span></span></span> is used for abbreviations:     \9002\047 -> \82\047 </pre> -<!--l. 3456--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3458--><p class="indent" > 5. Declare the character with LaTeX: +<!--l. 3463--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3465--><p class="indent" > 5. Declare the character with LaTeX: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88"> @@ -7943,11 +7955,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">8</span></span></span> is used for abbreviations: \end{document}        </pre> -<!--l. 3467--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3469--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3474--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3476--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.6 </span> <a - id="x1-11300013.6"></a>Footnotes</h4> -<!--l. 3471--><p class="noindent" >The footnote support is rather limited. It is beyond the scope to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="x1-11400013.6"></a>Footnotes</h4> +<!--l. 3478--><p class="noindent" >The footnote support is rather limited. It is beyond the scope to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span> out of order or reusing <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -8006,12 +8018,12 @@ C% \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 3525--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3532--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3527--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3534--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.7 </span> <a - id="x1-11400013.7"></a>Subordinate counters</h4> -<!--l. 3529--><p class="noindent" >Some counters do not have unique values and require the value of other counters to be unique. For + id="x1-11500013.7"></a>Subordinate counters</h4> +<!--l. 3536--><p class="noindent" >Some counters do not have unique values and require the value of other counters to be unique. For example, sections or figures might be numbered within chapters or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span> is used with an optional counter argument. Internally LaTeX uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -8022,7 +8034,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> to catch this situation. A class="ec-lmvtt-10">\numberwithin</span></span></span> of package amsmath is caught by <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. -<!--l. 3539--><p class="indent" > However, if the definition of subordinate counters take place before <span +<!--l. 3546--><p class="indent" > However, if the definition of subordinate counters take place before <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is loaded, the old meaning of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> is called without <span @@ -8031,7 +8043,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>’s additions. Then the companion counter class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter></span></span></span> can be redefined accordingly. Or move the definition of subordinate counters after <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is loaded. -<!--l. 3545--><p class="indent" > Example for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3552--><p class="indent" > Example for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span>, problematic case: @@ -8039,14 +8051,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span>, problematic case:     \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section]     \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3549--><p class="nopar" > Solution a) +<!--l. 3556--><p class="nopar" > Solution a) <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91">     \usepackage{hyperref}     \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section} </pre> -<!--l. 3554--><p class="nopar" > Solution b) +<!--l. 3561--><p class="nopar" > Solution b) <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92"> @@ -8054,11 +8066,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span>, problematic case:     \usepackage{hyperref}     \newcommand*{\theHcorA}{\theHsection.\number\value{corA}} </pre> -<!--l. 3560--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3562--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3567--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3569--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">14 </span> <a - id="x1-11500014"></a>History and acknowledgments</h3> -<!--l. 3564--><p class="noindent" >The original authors of <span + id="x1-11600014"></a>History and acknowledgments</h3> +<!--l. 3571--><p class="noindent" >The original authors of <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperbasics.tex </span>and <span class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex.sty</span>, from which this package descends, are Tanmoy Bhattacharya and Thorsten Ohl. Package <span @@ -8071,12 +8083,12 @@ Carlisle, T. V. Raman and Leslie Lamport for comments, requests, t get the package into its first useable state. Various other people are mentioned at the point in the source where I had to change the code in later versions because of problems they found. -<!--l. 3577--><p class="indent" > Tanmoy found a great many of the bugs, and (even better) often provided fixes, which has +<!--l. 3584--><p class="indent" > Tanmoy found a great many of the bugs, and (even better) often provided fixes, which has made the package more robust. The days spent on RevTeX are entirely due to him! The investigations of Bill Moss into the later versions including native PDF support uncovered a good many bugs, and his testing is appreciated. Hans Hagen provided a lot of insight into PDF. -<!--l. 3585--><p class="indent" > Berthold Horn provided help, encouragement and sponsorship for the <span +<!--l. 3592--><p class="indent" > Berthold Horn provided help, encouragement and sponsorship for the <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>and <span class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>drivers. Sergey Lesenko provided the changes needed for <span @@ -8090,14 +8102,14 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyper </span>package (developed in parallel with <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>) showed me solutions for some problems. Hopefully the two packages will combine one day. -<!--l. 3594--><p class="indent" > The forms creation section owes a great deal to: T. V. Raman, for encouragement, support and +<!--l. 3601--><p class="indent" > The forms creation section owes a great deal to: T. V. Raman, for encouragement, support and ideas; Thomas Merz, whose book <span class="ec-lmri-10">Web Publishing with Acrobat/PDF </span>provided crucial insights; D. P. Story, whose detailed article about pdfmarks and forms solved many practical problems; and Hans Hagen, who explained how to do it in <span class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex</span>. -<!--l. 3600--><p class="indent" > Steve Peter recreated the manual source in July 2003 after it had been lost. -<!--l. 3603--><p class="indent" > Especial extra thanks to David Carlisle for the <span +<!--l. 3607--><p class="indent" > Steve Peter recreated the manual source in July 2003 after it had been lost. +<!--l. 3610--><p class="indent" > Especial extra thanks to David Carlisle for the <span class="ec-lmss-10">backref </span>module, the ps2pdf and dviwindo support, frequent general rewrites of my bad code, and for working on changes to the <span class="ec-lmss-10">xr </span>package to suit @@ -8106,62 +8118,62 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15 </span> <a - id="x1-11600015"></a>GNU Free Documentation License</h3> -<!--l. 3643--><p class="noindent" >Version 1.2, November 2002 -<!--l. 3646--><p class="indent" > Copyright <span + id="x1-11700015"></a>GNU Free Documentation License</h3> +<!--l. 3650--><p class="noindent" >Version 1.2, November 2002 +<!--l. 3653--><p class="indent" > Copyright <span class="ts1-lmr10-">©</span> 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.<br class="newline" />59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA<br class="newline" />Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. -<!--l. 3652--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3659--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a - id="x1-117000"></a>Preamble</h4> -<!--l. 3654--><p class="noindent" >The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document + id="x1-118000"></a>Preamble</h4> +<!--l. 3661--><p class="noindent" >The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document “free” in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. -<!--l. 3662--><p class="indent" > This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must +<!--l. 3669--><p class="indent" > This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. -<!--l. 3667--><p class="indent" > We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software +<!--l. 3674--><p class="indent" > We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -<!--l. 3676--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3683--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1 </span> <a - id="x1-11800015.1"></a>Applicability and definitions</h4> -<!--l. 3679--><p class="noindent" >This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by + id="x1-11900015.1"></a>Applicability and definitions</h4> +<!--l. 3686--><p class="noindent" >This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The “Document”, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as “you”. You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law. -<!--l. 3689--><p class="indent" > A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a +<!--l. 3696--><p class="indent" > A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. -<!--l. 3693--><p class="indent" > A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals +<!--l. 3700--><p class="indent" > A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document’s overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. -<!--l. 3704--><p class="indent" > The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of +<!--l. 3711--><p class="indent" > The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none. -<!--l. 3712--><p class="indent" > The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or +<!--l. 3719--><p class="indent" > The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. -<!--l. 3717--><p class="indent" > A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format +<!--l. 3724--><p class="indent" > A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or @@ -8170,7 +8182,7 @@ otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been a discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not “Transparent” is called “Opaque”. -<!--l. 3730--><p class="indent" > Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo +<!--l. 3737--><p class="indent" > Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include @@ -8178,41 +8190,41 @@ proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word process or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only. -<!--l. 3741--><p class="indent" > The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are +<!--l. 3748--><p class="indent" > The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -<!--l. 3748--><p class="indent" > A section “Entitled XYZ” means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely +<!--l. 3755--><p class="indent" > A section “Entitled XYZ” means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, “Endorsements”, or “History”.) To “Preserve the Title” of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section “Entitled XYZ” according to this definition. -<!--l. 3756--><p class="indent" > The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this +<!--l. 3763--><p class="indent" > The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License. -<!--l. 3764--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3771--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.2 </span> <a - id="x1-11900015.2"></a>Verbatim copying</h4> -<!--l. 3767--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, + id="x1-12000015.2"></a>Verbatim copying</h4> +<!--l. 3774--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section <a -href="#x1-12000015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a>. -<!--l. 3778--><p class="indent" > You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display +href="#x1-12100015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a>. +<!--l. 3785--><p class="indent" > You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. -<!--l. 3782--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3789--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.3 </span> <a - id="x1-12000015.3"></a>Copying in quantity</h4> -<!--l. 3785--><p class="noindent" >If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, + id="x1-12100015.3"></a>Copying in quantity</h4> +<!--l. 3792--><p class="noindent" >If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly @@ -8221,10 +8233,10 @@ words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. -<!--l. 3798--><p class="indent" > If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones +<!--l. 3805--><p class="indent" > If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. -<!--l. 3803--><p class="indent" > If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must +<!--l. 3810--><p class="indent" > If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free @@ -8233,75 +8245,75 @@ begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. -<!--l. 3816--><p class="indent" > It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before +<!--l. 3823--><p class="indent" > It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -<!--l. 3821--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3828--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.4 </span> <a - id="x1-12100015.4"></a>Modifications</h4> -<!--l. 3824--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections <a -href="#x1-11900015.2">15.2<!--tex4ht:ref: verbatim --></a> + id="x1-12200015.4"></a>Modifications</h4> +<!--l. 3831--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections <a +href="#x1-12000015.2">15.2<!--tex4ht:ref: verbatim --></a> and <a -href="#x1-12000015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the +href="#x1-12100015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -<!--l. 3833--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 3840--><p class="indent" > <ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-121002x1"> - <!--l. 3834--><p class="noindent" >Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, + class="enumerate" id="x1-122002x1"> + <!--l. 3841--><p class="noindent" >Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-121004x2"> - <!--l. 3839--><p class="noindent" >List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship + class="enumerate" id="x1-122004x2"> + <!--l. 3846--><p class="noindent" >List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you from this requirement. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-121006x3"> - <!--l. 3844--><p class="noindent" >State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. + class="enumerate" id="x1-122006x3"> + <!--l. 3851--><p class="noindent" >State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-121008x4"> - <!--l. 3846--><p class="noindent" >Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. + class="enumerate" id="x1-122008x4"> + <!--l. 3853--><p class="noindent" >Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-121010x5"> - <!--l. 3847--><p class="noindent" >Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright + class="enumerate" id="x1-122010x5"> + <!--l. 3854--><p class="noindent" >Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-121012x6"> - <!--l. 3849--><p class="noindent" >Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission + class="enumerate" id="x1-122012x6"> + <!--l. 3856--><p class="noindent" >Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-121014x7"> - <!--l. 3852--><p class="noindent" >Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts + class="enumerate" id="x1-122014x7"> + <!--l. 3859--><p class="noindent" >Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document’s license notice. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-121016x8"> - <!--l. 3854--><p class="noindent" >Include an unaltered copy of this License. + class="enumerate" id="x1-122016x8"> + <!--l. 3861--><p class="noindent" >Include an unaltered copy of this License. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-121018x9"> - <!--l. 3855--><p class="noindent" >Preserve the section Entitled “History”, Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at + class="enumerate" id="x1-122018x9"> + <!--l. 3862--><p class="noindent" >Preserve the section Entitled “History”, Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled “History” in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-121020x10"> - <!--l. 3862--><p class="noindent" >Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a + class="enumerate" id="x1-122020x10"> + <!--l. 3869--><p class="noindent" >Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the “History” section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the @@ -8310,99 +8322,99 @@ Version: </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-121022x11"> - <!--l. 3869--><p class="noindent" >For any section Entitled “Acknowledgements” or “Dedications”, Preserve the Title of the + class="enumerate" id="x1-122022x11"> + <!--l. 3876--><p class="noindent" >For any section Entitled “Acknowledgements” or “Dedications”, Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-121024x12"> - <!--l. 3873--><p class="noindent" >Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their + class="enumerate" id="x1-122024x12"> + <!--l. 3880--><p class="noindent" >Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-121026x13"> - <!--l. 3876--><p class="noindent" >Delete any section Entitled “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be included in the + class="enumerate" id="x1-122026x13"> + <!--l. 3883--><p class="noindent" >Delete any section Entitled “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-121028x14"> - <!--l. 3878--><p class="noindent" >Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with + class="enumerate" id="x1-122028x14"> + <!--l. 3885--><p class="noindent" >Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-121030x15"> - <!--l. 3880--><p class="noindent" >Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. + class="enumerate" id="x1-122030x15"> + <!--l. 3887--><p class="noindent" >Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. </li></ol> -<!--l. 3884--><p class="indent" > If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary +<!--l. 3891--><p class="indent" > If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -<!--l. 3891--><p class="indent" > You may add a section Entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of +<!--l. 3898--><p class="indent" > You may add a section Entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties–for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. -<!--l. 3897--><p class="indent" > You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as +<!--l. 3904--><p class="indent" > You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -<!--l. 3907--><p class="indent" > The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their +<!--l. 3914--><p class="indent" > The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -<!--l. 3912--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3919--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.5 </span> <a - id="x1-12200015.5"></a>Combining documents</h4> -<!--l. 3915--><p class="noindent" >You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms + id="x1-12300015.5"></a>Combining documents</h4> +<!--l. 3922--><p class="noindent" >You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section <a -href="#x1-12100015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of +href="#x1-12200015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers. -<!--l. 3923--><p class="indent" > The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant +<!--l. 3930--><p class="indent" > The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -<!--l. 3932--><p class="indent" > In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled “History” in the various original +<!--l. 3939--><p class="indent" > In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled “History” in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled “History”; likewise combine any sections Entitled “Acknowledgements”, and any sections Entitled “Dedications”. You must delete all sections Entitled “Endorsements”. -<!--l. 3939--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3946--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.6 </span> <a - id="x1-12300015.6"></a>Collections of documents</h4> -<!--l. 3942--><p class="noindent" >You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, + id="x1-12400015.6"></a>Collections of documents</h4> +<!--l. 3949--><p class="noindent" >You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -<!--l. 3948--><p class="indent" > You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this +<!--l. 3955--><p class="indent" > You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -<!--l. 3954--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3961--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.7 </span> <a - id="x1-12400015.7"></a>Aggregation with independent works</h4> -<!--l. 3957--><p class="noindent" >A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or + id="x1-12500015.7"></a>Aggregation with independent works</h4> +<!--l. 3964--><p class="noindent" >A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an “aggregate” if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation’s users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -<!--l. 3966--><p class="indent" > If the Cover Text requirement of section <a -href="#x1-12000015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if +<!--l. 3973--><p class="indent" > If the Cover Text requirement of section <a +href="#x1-12100015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate. -<!--l. 3975--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3982--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.8 </span> <a - id="x1-12500015.8"></a>Translation</h4> -<!--l. 3978--><p class="noindent" >Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document + id="x1-12600015.8"></a>Translation</h4> +<!--l. 3985--><p class="noindent" >Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section <a -href="#x1-12100015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a>. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special +href="#x1-12200015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a>. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of @@ -8411,53 +8423,53 @@ provided that you also include the original English version of this License and versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. -<!--l. 3992--><p class="indent" > If a section in the Document is Entitled “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, or “History”, the +<!--l. 3999--><p class="indent" > If a section in the Document is Entitled “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, or “History”, the requirement (section <a -href="#x1-12100015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a>) to Preserve its Title (section <a -href="#x1-11800015.1">15.1<!--tex4ht:ref: applicability --></a>) will typically require changing the actual +href="#x1-12200015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a>) to Preserve its Title (section <a +href="#x1-11900015.1">15.1<!--tex4ht:ref: applicability --></a>) will typically require changing the actual title. -<!--l. 3999--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4006--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.9 </span> <a - id="x1-12600015.9"></a>Termination</h4> -<!--l. 4002--><p class="noindent" >You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under + id="x1-12700015.9"></a>Termination</h4> +<!--l. 4009--><p class="noindent" >You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. -<!--l. 4011--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4018--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.10 </span> <a - id="x1-12700015.10"></a>Future revisions of this license</h4> -<!--l. 4014--><p class="noindent" >The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation + id="x1-12800015.10"></a>Future revisions of this license</h4> +<!--l. 4021--><p class="noindent" >The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -<!--l. 4020--><p class="indent" > Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a +<!--l. 4027--><p class="indent" > Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License “or any later version” applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -<!--l. 4030--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4037--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a - id="x1-128000"></a>Addendum: how to use this license for your documents</h4> -<!--l. 4032--><p class="noindent" >To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and + id="x1-129000"></a>Addendum: how to use this license for your documents</h4> +<!--l. 4039--><p class="noindent" >To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page: -<!--l. 4036--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 4043--><p class="indent" > <blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 4037--><p class="noindent" >Copyright <span + <!--l. 4044--><p class="noindent" >Copyright <span class="ts1-lmr10-">©</span> YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled “GNU Free Documentation License”.</blockquote> -<!--l. 4046--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the “with...Texts.” +<!--l. 4053--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the “with...Texts.” line with this: -<!--l. 4049--><p class="indent" > with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and +<!--l. 4056--><p class="indent" > with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. -<!--l. 4052--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge +<!--l. 4059--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation. -<!--l. 4056--><p class="indent" > If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these +<!--l. 4063--><p class="indent" > If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf Binary files differindex ffc86541b6..06eca0ae05 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex index e7e21d6196..cfc4058afb 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ } \makeatother \title{Hypertext marks in \hologo{LaTeX}: a manual for \xpackage{hyperref}} -\date{2023-10-27 v7.01d} +\date{2023-11-07 v7.01e} \begin{document} @@ -1407,7 +1407,8 @@ alias command. \end{cmdsyntax} \noindent A base \emph{URL} is established, which is prepended to other -specified URLs, to make it easier to write portable documents. +specified URLs, to make it easier to write portable documents. When creating a PDF +the command can be used only once as the \emph{URL} is written into the catalog. \begin{cmdsyntax} \ci{hyperimage}\verb|{|\emph{imageURL}\verb|}{|\emph{text}\verb|}| @@ -3111,6 +3112,12 @@ Example for introducing links for the page numbers: \renewcommand*{\pagedeclaration}[1]{\unskip, \hyperpage{#1}} \end{verbatim} +\subsubsection{ntheorem} + +This package is not fully supported. The \texttt{thref} option should not be used at all as +it breaks the \verb+\label+ command. It also not garantied that links to theorems always work +properly as the package redefines many internals and but offers no proper interface for hyperlinks. + \subsubsection{ntheorem-hyper} This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc7.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc7.html index 775f79225f..767dd0b5b4 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc7.html +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc7.html @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ </head><body > <div class="footnote-text"> - <!--l. 2885--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a + <!--l. 2886--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a id="fn6x0"><a id="x7-64002x11"></a> <sup class="textsuperscript">6</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-8">It will be merged with the </span><span diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc8.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc8.html index e7a3d2bade..dc87a971db 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc8.html +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc8.html @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ <div class="footnote-text"> <span class="footnote-mark"><a id="fn7x0"><a - id="x8-103002x12"></a> <sup class="textsuperscript">7</sup></a></span><span + id="x8-104002x12"></a> <sup class="textsuperscript">7</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-8">This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual</span></div> </body></html> diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc9.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc9.html index 00d37bbe57..da2b18955e 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc9.html +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc9.html @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ <div class="footnote-text"> <span class="footnote-mark"><a id="fn8x0"><a - id="x9-107002x13"></a> <sup class="textsuperscript">8</sup></a></span><span + id="x9-108002x13"></a> <sup class="textsuperscript">8</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-8">This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual</span></div> </body></html> diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-linktarget.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-linktarget.pdf Binary files differindex f72a822cbd..1305ef1528 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-linktarget.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-linktarget.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf Binary files differindex 907a70d08a..04ea790337 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf Binary files differindex 60b61c8557..5b2f5f320e 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx index ada09a282d..d8309b3eb9 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse % Source File: hluatex.dtx -% 2023-10-27 v7.01d +% 2023-11-07 v7.01e % % Copyright % 2016-2019 Oberdiek Package Support Group @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ % % \begin{macrocode} %<*luatex> -%% 2023-10-27 v7.01d +%% 2023-11-07 v7.01e %% force unicode encoding, see issue #101 %% code mostly copied from hxetex.def \HyPsd@LoadUnicode diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-linktarget.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-linktarget.dtx index 58ff089276..d013b89980 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-linktarget.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-linktarget.dtx @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ % }^^A % } % -% \date{Version 2023-10-27 v7.01d} +% \date{Version 2023-11-07 v7.01e} % % \maketitle % \begin{documentation} @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_target_raise:n #1 { \mode_if_vertical:TF - { #1 } + { \UseSocket{hyp/raisedlink}{#1} } { \Hy@SaveSpaceFactor \penalty\@M diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-patches.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-patches.dtx index 1e8213d599..2c1209001a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-patches.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-patches.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % }^^A % } % -% \date{Version 2023-10-27 v7.01d} +% \date{Version 2023-11-07 v7.01e} % % \maketitle % \begin{documentation} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx index 0c5340d50b..c6fccc9cfd 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ %<puvnenc>\ProvidesFile{puvnenc.def} %<puarenc>\ProvidesFile{puarenc.def} %<psdextra>\ProvidesFile{psdextra.def} -%<!none&!packageEnd> [2023-10-27 v7.01d % +%<!none&!packageEnd> [2023-11-07 v7.01e % %<package> Hypertext links for LaTeX] %<nohyperref> Dummy hyperref (SR)] %<driver> Hyperref documentation driver file] @@ -4312,9 +4312,16 @@ \global\Hy@SavedSpaceFactor=\the\Hy@SavedSpaceFactor\relax }% } +% \end{macrocode} +% Packages like varwidth need an option to change the handling in vmode. +% (Issue \#204). With a new format we therefore insert a socket. +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifl@t@r\fmtversion{2023-11-01} + {\NewSocket{hyp/raisedlink}{1}} + {\providecommand\UseSocket[2]{#2}} \def\Hy@raisedlink#1{% \ifvmode - #1% + \UseSocket{hyp/raisedlink}{#1}% \else \Hy@SaveSpaceFactor \penalty\@M @@ -10692,6 +10699,20 @@ \def\hypergetpageref#1{\getrefbykeydefault{#1}{page}{0}} % \end{macrocode} % +% \section{Package varwidth support} +% 2023-11-07: varwidth needs a special configuration point to inserts its handler. +% We use a socket for this. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifl@t@r\fmtversion{2023-11-01} + { + \AddToHook{package/varwidth/after} + { + \NewSocketPlug{hyp/raisedlink}{varwidth}{\@vwid@wrap{#1}} + \appto\@vwid@setup{\AssignSocketPlug{hyp/raisedlink}{varwidth}} + } + }{} +% \end{macrocode} % \section{Package titlesec and titletoc support} % % This code is contributed by Javier Bezos @@ -10734,30 +10755,6 @@ }{} % \end{macrocode} % -% -% \section{Package varioref support} -% -% Package nameref uses five arguments for the ref system. -% Fix provided by Felix Neubauer (\Email{felix.neubauer@gmx.net}). -% This fix will no longer be needed with latex 2021-11-15. -% \begin{macrocode} -\@ifl@t@r\fmtversion{2021-11-15} - {}% - { - \AtBeginDocument{% - \def\Hy@varioref@undefined{{??}{??}{}{}{}} - \@ifpackageloaded{varioref}{% - \def\vref@pagenum#1#2{% - \@ifundefined{r@#2}{% - \expandafter\let\csname r@#2\endcsname\Hy@varioref@undefined - }{}% - \edef#1{\getpagerefnumber{#2}}% - }% - }{} - } - } -% \end{macrocode} -% % \section{Package longtable support} % % Sometimes the anchor of the longtable goes to the previous @@ -10967,14 +10964,52 @@ } % \end{macrocode} % -% Support for theorems. We move the target into the para hook to -% avoid spacing problem. The patch will not apply to -% \texttt{cleveref} but hopefully it does the right thing anyway. +% \section{Support for theorems} +% +% Hyperlink support in theorems has to resolve typically three problems: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The \cs{refstepcounter} can be issued to early. The target it produces +% can be separated from the theorem and then the link if wrong (see testfiles thm-005-xx). +% It can also affect spacing. +% This means that it is better if this \cs{refstepcounter} doesn't produce a target. +% +% \item The natural place for the target (before the theorem label) is normally not printed +% directly but delayed to the next paragraph begin (through the \cs{item} code or by other means). +% and \cs{label} commands used directly at the begin of the environment are perhaps +% processed \emph{before} the target is created +% and so do not know the correct \cs{@currentHref} value. That means that if +% \cs{refstepcounter} does not produce a target, it should nevertheless update the target +% name. +% +% \item The target should be placed (in horizontal mode) before the theorem label to avoid +% side effects on spacing. For this a suitable place must be +% found depending on the actual theorem definition. +% \end{itemize} +% +% Theorems typically issue the \cs{refstepcounter} in \cs{@thm}. +% The first two points can therefore be resolved by patching this command +% and replacing the \cs{refstepcounter}. +% +% The last point is the most complicated. Simply moving at the point \cs{refstepcounter} +% is encountered into the next para hook doesn't work, as this can be in a header if there is page +% break. The next item hook doesn't work for the same reason, +% also not every theorem environment actually use \cs{item} (e.g. {amsthm} and ams-classes). +% Patching (or using a hook) \cs{@begintheorem} doesn't work either as {ntheorem} +% redefines this on the fly. +% +% For now we move the target creation into the item hook. This is not perfect, +% as it can end up in header or be to much to the right, but there is not really +% a better place. +% +% The patch will not apply to +% \texttt{cleveref}, this means that with cleveref there +% can be a page break between target and theorem but beside this +% it hopefully it does the right thing. % \cs{@currentHref} is updated directly for labels set before % the actual start of the paragraph. The target can be behind % a target created from a following list, so we restore \cs{@currentHref} -% just in case -% +% just in case. +% Later we could use sockets here (or hope that the packages take this over. % % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\Hy@theorem@refstepcounter[1] @@ -10982,33 +11017,37 @@ \H@refstepcounter{#1}% \hyper@makecurrent{#1}% \global\let\Hy@dth@currentHref\@currentHref + \Hy@theorem@makelinktarget{\Hy@dth@currentHref}% + } +\newcommand\Hy@theorem@makelinktarget[1] + { \AddToHookNext{cmd/item/before} {\AddToHookNext{para/begin} {\let\Hy@tempa\@currentHref - \MakeLinkTarget*{\Hy@dth@currentHref}% + \MakeLinkTarget*{#1}% \Hy@dth@currentHref \global\let\@currentHref\Hy@tempa }% - }% - } + }% + } % \end{macrocode} % amsthm doesn't issue an item in the theorem, we delay the target into % \cs{deferred@thm@head} and hope that it always begins a paragraph. % \begin{macrocode} -\AddToHook{package/amsthm/after} - { - \renewcommand\Hy@theorem@refstepcounter[1] +\AddToHook{begindocument} + {% + \@ifundefined{deferred@thm@head}{} {% - \H@refstepcounter{#1}% - \hyper@makecurrent{#1}% - \global\let\Hy@dth@currentHref\@currentHref - \AddToHookNext{cmd/deferred@thm@head/before} - {\AddToHookNext{para/begin} - {\let\Hy@tempa\@currentHref - \MakeLinkTarget*{\Hy@dth@currentHref}% - \global\let\@currentHref\Hy@tempa - }% - }% - } + \renewcommand\Hy@theorem@makelinktarget[1] + {% + \AddToHookNext{cmd/deferred@thm@head/before} + {\AddToHookNext{para/begin} + {\let\Hy@tempa\@currentHref + \MakeLinkTarget*{#1}% + \global\let\@currentHref\Hy@tempa + }% + }% + }% + }% } \@ifundefined{hyper@nopatch@thm}{% \AtBeginDocument{% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty index 4fe22f0e44..929f1d8cdd 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{xr-hyper} - [2023-10-27 v7.01d eXternal References (DPC)] + [2023-11-07 v7.01e eXternal References (DPC)] \def\externaldocument{\@testopt\XR@cite{}} \let\externalcitedocument\externaldocument diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/ipsum/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/ipsum/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6d6958bcfc --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/ipsum/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +ipsum is a package to work with multilingual 'dummy texts'. +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +ipsum est un pakage pour afficher des paragraphes multilangues type "dummy". +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Author : Cédric Pierquet +email : cpierquet@outlook.fr +Licence : Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or later, see http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/ipsum/doc/ipsum-doc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/ipsum/doc/ipsum-doc.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6bfc05c3df --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/ipsum/doc/ipsum-doc.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/ipsum/doc/ipsum-doc.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/ipsum/doc/ipsum-doc.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..65baec2bce --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/ipsum/doc/ipsum-doc.tex @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ +% !TeX TXS-program:compile = txs:///pdflatex + +\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{ltxdoc} +\usepackage{ipsum} +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\usepackage{fontawesome5} +\fancyhf{} +\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt} +%\rhead{\sffamily\small\affloetalab[Legende]} +\lfoot{\sffamily\small [ipsum]} +\cfoot{\sffamily\small - \thepage{} -} +\rfoot{\hyperlink{matoc}{\small\faArrowAltCircleUp[regular]}} +\usepackage{hologo} +\providecommand\tikzlogo{Ti\textit{k}Z} +\providecommand\TeXLive{\TeX{}Live\xspace} +\providecommand\PSTricks{\textsf{PSTricks}\xspace} +\let\pstricks\PSTricks +\let\TikZ\tikzlogo + +\usepackage{hyperref} +\urlstyle{same} +\hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 0} +\usepackage[margin=2cm]{geometry} +\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} +\def\TPversion{0.1.0} +\def\TPdate{07/11/2023} +\usepackage{tcolorbox} +\tcbuselibrary{skins,hooks} +\usepackage{soul} +\sethlcolor{lightgray!25} +\NewDocumentCommand\MontreCode{ m }{% + \hl{\vphantom{\texttt{pf}}\texttt{#1}}% +} +\NewDocumentCommand\GenSample{ O{#2} m }{% + %\hfill\textbf{\textsf{LANG=#1}}\par\smallskip + \hrule\par\smallskip + \ipsum<Type=sent,Lang=#2>\par\smallskip + \hrule\par\smallskip + \ipsum<Type=sent,Lang=#2>[5-6]\par\smallskip + \hrule\par\smallskip + \ipsum<lang=#2>[2]\par\smallskip + \hrule\par\smallskip + \ipsum<lang=#2>[1-3]\par\smallskip + \hrule\par\smallskip + \ipsum<lang=#2>[6-7]\par\smallskip + \hrule\par\smallskip + \ipsum<Type=enum,Lang=#2>[2-4]\par\smallskip + \hrule\par\smallskip + \ipsum<Type=item,Lang=#2>[8-9]\par\smallskip + \hrule\par\smallskip +} + +\begin{document} + +\pagestyle{fancy} + +\thispagestyle{empty} + +\begin{center} + \begin{minipage}{0.88\linewidth} + \begin{tcolorbox}[colframe=yellow,colback=yellow!15] + \begin{center} + \begin{tabular}{c} + {\Huge \texttt{ipsum}}\\ + \\ + {\LARGE Creating "Dummy Text"} \\ + {\LARGE with multilingual support.} \\ + \\ + {\small \texttt{Version \TPversion{} -- \TPdate}} + \end{tabular} + \end{center} + \end{tcolorbox} +\end{minipage} +\end{center} + +\begin{center} + \begin{tabular}{c} + \texttt{Cédric Pierquet}\\ + {\ttfamily c pierquet -- at -- outlook . fr}\\ + \texttt{\url{https://github.com/cpierquet/ipsum}} \\ + \\ + \texttt{Thanks to \url{https://ipsum.one/} for the paragraphs, with free license !} +\end{tabular} +\end{center} + +\hrule + +\vfill + +\begin{tcolorbox}[colframe=lightgray,colback=lightgray!5] +\ipsum<Lang=EN>[6] +\end{tcolorbox} + +\begin{tcolorbox}[colframe=lightgray,colback=lightgray!5] +\ipsum<Lang=LAT>[4] +\end{tcolorbox} + +\begin{tcolorbox}[colframe=lightgray,colback=lightgray!5] +\ipsum<Lang=FR>[2] +\end{tcolorbox} + +\begin{tcolorbox}[colframe=lightgray,colback=lightgray!5] +\ipsum<Type=enum,Lang=NL>[6-9] +\end{tcolorbox} + +\begin{tcolorbox}[colframe=lightgray,colback=lightgray!5] +\ipsum<Type=item,Lang=ES>[1-3] +\end{tcolorbox} + +\vfill~ + +\pagebreak + +\phantomsection + +\hypertarget{matoc}{} + +\tableofcontents + +\vspace*{5mm} + +\hrule + +\vspace*{5mm} + +\section{Introduction} + +\subsection{Description} + +With this package you can create dummy text, in several languages. + +Use \cmd{\ipsum} to get some paragraphs/sentences/lists, with optional languages and optional numbers. + +Details can be found at \url{https://ipsum.one/}. + +\subsection{Loading} + +To load the package, simply use : + +\begin{quote} +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage{blindtext} +\end{verbatim} +\end{quote} + +\vfill + +\subsection{History} + +\begin{quote} +\begin{verbatim} +0.1.0 : Initial version +\end{verbatim} +\end{quote} + +\pagebreak + +\section{The macros} + +\subsection{General usage} + +In order to print one or several paragraphs/sentences/lists, the command is : + +\begin{quote} +\begin{verbatim} +\ipsum<Lang=...,Type=...>[range] +\end{verbatim} +\end{quote} + +Available \textsf{Lang} are : + +\begin{multicols}{4} + \begin{itemize} + \item \texttt{LAT} : Latin (def.) + \item \texttt{EN~} : English + \item \texttt{FR~} : French + \item \texttt{DE~} : German + \item \texttt{ES~} : Spanish + \item \texttt{PT~} : Portuguese + \item \texttt{IT~} : Italian + \item \texttt{NL~} : Dutch + \end{itemize} +\end{multicols} + +Available \textsf{Type} are : + +\begin{multicols}{2} + \begin{itemize} + \item \texttt{par~} : paragraphs (def.) + \item \texttt{sent} : sentences + \item \texttt{enum} : enumerated list + \item \texttt{item} : itemized list + \end{itemize} +\end{multicols} + +The \textsf{range} can be given (by default it's \texttt{1}) : + +\begin{itemize} + \item by one number, between \texttt{1} and \texttt{7} ; + \item by two numbers, \texttt{a-b} (with $\mathtt{1 \leq a < b \leq 7}$ for paragraphs, and $\mathtt{1 \leq a < b \leq 9}$ for others). +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{Samples} + +Each language is illustrated with : + +\begin{quote} +\begin{verbatim} +\ipsum<Type=sent,Lang=...> %the first sentence +\ipsum<Type=sent,Lang=...>[5-6] %the 5/6th sentences +\ipsum<Lang=...>[2] %the second paragraph +\ipsum<Lang=...>[1-3] %the first three +\ipsum<Lang=...>[6-7] %the last two +\ipsum<Type=enum,Lang=...>[2-4] %enumlist with 2/3/4th sentences +\ipsum<Type=item,Lang=...>[8-9] %itemist with last two sentences +\end{verbatim} +\end{quote} + +\pagebreak + +\subsubsection{Lang = Default} + +\GenSample[Default]{LAT} + +\pagebreak + +\subsubsection{Lang = EN} + +\GenSample{EN} + +\pagebreak + +\subsubsection{Lang = FR} + +\GenSample{FR} + +\pagebreak + +\subsubsection{Lang = DE} + +\GenSample{DE} + +\pagebreak + +\subsubsection{Lang = ES} + +\GenSample{ES} + +\pagebreak + +\subsubsection{Lang = PT} + +\GenSample{PT} + +\pagebreak + +\subsubsection{Lang = IT} + +\GenSample{IT} + +\pagebreak + +\subsubsection{Lang = NL} + +\GenSample{NL} + +\end{document}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/ipsum/tex/ipsum.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/ipsum/tex/ipsum.sty new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..526f10a413 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/ipsum/tex/ipsum.sty @@ -0,0 +1,741 @@ +% Author : C. Pierquet +% licence : Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or later, see http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txtf +% Source : https://ipsum.one/ + +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesPackage{ipsum}[2023/11/07 0.1.0 Multilanguage simply dummy texts] + +%====HISTORIQUE +% v 0.1.0 Initial version + +%====PACKAGES +\RequirePackage{xstring} +\RequirePackage{xintexpr} +\RequirePackage{simplekv} + +%====KEYS +\defKV[ipsumdummy]{% + Lang=\def\ipsumlg{#1},% + Type=\def\ipsumtype{#1} +} +\setKVdefault[ipsumdummy]{% + Lang=LAT,% + Type=par +} + +%====PARAGRAPHS +%==[LAT] +\xdef\ipsum@par@LAT@A{% +Nam quis enim. Quisque ornare dui a tortor. Fusce consequat lacus pellentesque metus. Duis euismod. Duis non quam. Maecenas vitae dolor in ipsum auctor vehicula. Vivamus nec nibh eget wisi varius pulvinar. Cras a lacus. Etiam et massa. Donec in nisl sit amet dui imperdiet vestibulum. Duis porttitor nibh id eros.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@LAT@B{% +Fusce adipiscing justo nec ante. Nullam in enim. Pellentesque felis orci, sagittis ac, malesuada et, facilisis in, ligula. Nunc non magna sit amet mi aliquam dictum. In mi. Curabitur sollicitudin justo sed quam. Aenean imperdiet. Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae Donec lacinia nonummy lectus. Proin vel urna. Fusce sit amet orci ac magna iaculis pharetra. Duis sagittis massa in tellus. Aenean vel velit vel felis consectetuer pharetra.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@LAT@C{% +Morbi malesuada hendrerit dui. Nunc mauris leo, dapibus sit amet, vestibulum et, commodo id, est. Pellentesque purus. Pellentesque tristique, nunc ac pulvinar adipiscing, justo eros consequat lectus, sit amet posuere lectus neque vel augue. Cras consectetuer libero ac eros. Ut eget massa. Fusce sit amet enim eleifend sem dictum auctor. In eget risus luctus wisi convallis pulvinar. Vivamus sapien risus, tempor in, viverra in, aliquet pellentesque, eros. Aliquam euismod libero a sem.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@LAT@D{% +Fusce mollis dui eu leo. Sed sapien augue, porta at, posuere ut, ultrices molestie, est. Vivamus quis pede nec erat placerat tincidunt. Aenean odio dui, facilisis non, vehicula et, bibendum a, libero. Etiam leo turpis, venenatis eleifend, nonummy sit amet, aliquam non, mi. Maecenas eget mi. Sed nec diam. Integer orci tellus, pellentesque nec, bibendum quis, sodales ut, nibh. Duis laoreet aliquet orci. Curabitur sit amet sem sit amet nibh fermentum faucibus. Donec adipiscing, ipsum id fringilla convallis, elit massa cursus augue, at lobortis massa augue nec ligula. Proin ac lacus.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@LAT@E{% +Donec vel augue. Morbi a turpis sed libero consequat porta. Quisque lacinia consequat odio. Sed vehicula sollicitudin purus. Vestibulum eget est. In hac habitasse platea dictumst. Sed blandit, tortor a auctor imperdiet, wisi nibh ornare leo, ac dictum nibh enim eu orci. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Aliquam tincidunt ullamcorper justo. Etiam accumsan lacus nec ante. Ut dictum luctus mauris. Ut metus. Maecenas gravida. Proin iaculis. Integer convallis, justo iaculis ullamcorper sollicitudin, lectus neque tincidunt mi, at condimentum sem quam vel diam. Aenean sit amet purus.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@LAT@F{% +Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae Aliquam interdum porttitor tortor. Donec ultricies justo eget sapien. Proin ac est. Aliquam erat volutpat. In tempus scelerisque ligula. Morbi scelerisque urna. Duis ac nisl. Donec sed leo. Fusce posuere orci mollis nunc. Sed arcu enim, pharetra nec, aliquam eu, consectetuer sit amet, eros. Sed id enim. Etiam mattis est at elit. Pellentesque est risus, pellentesque nec, dignissim vitae, egestas vitae, sapien. Maecenas et eros non libero iaculis facilisis. Mauris porttitor tempor justo. Sed sollicitudin neque nec libero.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@LAT@G{% +Morbi tincidunt posuere arcu. Cras venenatis est vitae dolor. Vivamus scelerisque semper mi. Donec ipsum arcu, consequat scelerisque, viverra id, dictum at, metus. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut pede sem, tempus ut, porttitor bibendum, molestie eu, elit. Suspendisse potenti. Sed id lectus sit amet purus faucibus vehicula. Praesent sed sem non dui pharetra interdum. Nam viverra ultrices magna.\par +} +%==[FR] +\xdef\ipsum@par@FR@A{% +Sans qu’elle daignât le dire à personne, un accès de fièvre d’un de ses fils la mettait presque dans le même état que si l’enfant eût été mort. Un éclat de rire grossier, un haussement d’épaules, accompagné de quelque maxime triviale sur la folie des femmes, avaient constamment accueilli les confidences de ce genre de chagrins, que le besoin d’épanchement l’avait portée à faire à son mari, dans les premières années de leur mariage. Ces sortes de plaisanteries, quand surtout elles portaient sur les maladies de ses enfants, retournaient le poignard dans le cÅ“ur de Mme de Rênal. Voilà ce qu’elle trouva au lieu des flatteries empressées et mielleuses du couvent jésuitique où elle avait passé sa jeunesse. Son éducation fut faite par la douleur. Trop fière pour parler de ce genre de chagrins, même à son amie Mme Derville, elle se figura que tous les hommes étaient comme son mari, M. Valenod et le sous-préfet Charcot de Maugiron. La grossièreté, et la plus brutale insensibilité à tout ce qui n’était pas intérêt d’argent, de préséance ou de croix ; la haine aveugle pour tout raisonnement qui les contrariait, lui parurent des choses naturelles à ce sexe, comme porter des bottes et un chapeau de feutre.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@FR@B{% +On rit beaucoup, on admira ; tel est l’esprit à l’usage de Verrières. Julien était déjà debout, tout le monde se leva malgré le décorum ; tel est l’empire du génie. Mme Valenod le retint encore un quart d’heure ; il fallait bien qu’il entendît les enfants réciter leur catéchisme ; ils firent les plus drôles de confusions, dont lui seul s’aperçut. Il n’eut garde de les relever. Quelle ignorance des premiers principes de la religion! pensait-il. Il saluait enfin et croyait pouvoir s’échapper ; mais il fallut essuyer une fable de La Fontaine.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@FR@C{% +Mais la demoiselle du comptoir avait remarqué la charmante figure de ce jeune bourgeois de campagne, qui, arrêté à trois pas du poêle, et son petit paquet sous le bras, considérait le buste du roi, en beau plâtre blanc. Cette demoiselle, grande Franc-Comtoise, fort bien faite, et mise comme il le faut pour faire valoir un café, avait déjà dit deux fois, d’une petite voix qui cherchait à n’être entendue que de Julien : Monsieur! Monsieur! Julien rencontra de grands yeux bleus fort tendres, et vit que c’était à lui qu’on parlait.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@FR@D{% +Il est vrai que cet arrangement a été critiqué par les bonnes têtes de l’endroit. Une fois, c’était un jour de dimanche, il y a quatre ans de cela, M. de Rênal, revenant de l’église en costume de maire, vit de loin le vieux Sorel, entouré de ses trois fils, sourire en le regardant. Ce sourire a porté un jour fatal dans l’âme de M. le maire, il pense depuis lors qu’il eût pu obtenir l’échange à meilleur marché.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@FR@E{% +Il vit de loin la croix de fer doré sur la porte ; il approcha lentement ; ses jambes semblaient se dérober sous lui. Voilà donc cet enfer sur la terre, dont je ne pourrai sortir! Enfin il se décida à sonner. Le bruit de la cloche retentit comme dans un lieu solitaire. Au bout de dix minutes, un homme pâle, vêtu de noir, vint lui ouvrir. Julien le regarda et aussitôt baissa les yeux. Ce portier avait une physionomie singulière. La pupille saillante et verte de ses yeux s’arrondissait comme celle d’un chat ; les contours immobiles de ses paupières annonçaient l’impossibilité de toute sympathie ; ses lèvres minces se développaient en demi-cercle sur des dents qui avançaient. Cependant cette physionomie ne montrait pas le crime, mais plutôt cette insensibilité parfaite qui inspire bien plus de terreur à la jeunesse. Le seul sentiment que le regard rapide de Julien put deviner sur cette longue figure dévote fut un mépris profond pour tout ce dont on voudrait lui parler, et qui ne serait pas l’intérêt du ciel.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@FR@F{% +Ma femme a réellement beaucoup de tête ! se disait, le lendemain à six heures du matin, le maire de Verrières, en descendant à la scie du père Sorel. Quoi que je lui aie dit, pour conserver la supériorité qui m’appartient, je n’avais pas songé que si je ne prends pas ce petit abbé Sorel, qui, dit-on, sait le latin comme un ange, le directeur du dépôt, cette âme sans repos, pourrait bien avoir la même idée que moi et me l’enlever. Avec quel ton de suffisance il parlerait du précepteur de ses enfants !... Ce précepteur, une fois à moi, portera-t-il la soutane ?\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@FR@G{% +M. de Rênal était absorbé dans ce doute, lorsqu’il vit de loin un paysan, homme de près de six pieds, qui, dès le petit jour, semblait fort occupé à mesurer des pièces de bois déposées le long du Doubs, sur le chemin de halage. Le paysan n’eut pas l’air fort satisfait de voir approcher M. le maire ; car ces pièces de bois obstruaient le chemin, et étaient déposées là en contravention.\par +} +%==[EN] +\xdef\ipsum@par@EN@A{% +On Wednesday night the weather was very bad, my balance was strangely variable, and I was obliged to lean with my knees and elbows against the sideboard, to prevent myself from falling. Portmanteaus and bags came in and out of my cabin; an unusual hubbub reigned in the adjoining saloon, in which two or three hundred packages were making expeditions from one end to the other, knocking the tables and chairs with loud crashes; doors slammed, the boards creaked, the partitions made that groaning noise peculiar to pine wood; bottles and glasses jingled together in their racks, and a cataract of plates and dishes rolled about on the pantry floors.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@EN@B{% +I said that the length of the 'Great Eastern' exceeded two hectometres. For the benefit of those partial to comparisons, I will add that it is a third longer than the 'Pont des Arts;' in reality this steam-ship measures 673 feet at the load water-line, between the perpendiculars; the upper deck is 680 feet from stem to stern; that is to say, its length is double that of the largest transatlantic steamers; its width amidships is about 71 feet, and behind the paddles about 107 feet.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@EN@C{% +After having left the Doctor, I spent the rest of the day with Fabian; we had gone to the stern, which Pitferge called 'walking in the country.' There alone, and leaning over the taffrail, we surveyed the great expanse of water, while around us rose the briny vapours distilled from the spray; small rainbows, formed by the refraction of the sun's rays, spanned the foaming waves. Below us, at a distance of forty feet, the screw was beating the water with a tremendous force, making its copper gleam in the midst of what appeared to be a vast conglomeration of liquefied emeralds, the fleecy track extending as far as the eye could reach, mingled in a milky path the foam from the screw, and the paddle engines, whilst the white and black fringed plumage of the sea-gulls flying above, cast rapid shadows over the sea.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@EN@D{% +The church was the great saloon, formed by the upper-deck at the stern, the exterior of which, from its width and regularity of structure, reminded one very much of the hotel of the Ministère des Finances, in the Rue de Rivoli. I entered. Numbers of the faithful were already in their places.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@EN@E{% +The church was the great saloon, formed by the upper-deck at the stern, the exterior of which, from its width and regularity of structure, reminded one very much of the hotel of the Ministère des Finances, in the Rue de Rivoli. I entered. Numbers of the faithful were already in their places.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@EN@F{% +Everything was finished by evening; not a trace of mud was visible on the well-swept boulevards, for an army of sweepers had been at work. There was a full cargo; provisions, goods, and coal filled the stewards' room, the store, and the coal houses. However, the steamer had not yet sunk to the load water-line, and did not draw the necessary thirty-three feet. It was an inconvenient position for the wheels, for the paddles not being sufficiently immersed, caused a great diminution in the speed.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@EN@G{% +Thus the reason for rearranging the ship to this purpose, and the consequent necessity of filling up the tanks and replacing the boilers, of enlarging the saloons in which so many people were to live during the voyage, and of building extra dining saloons, finally the arrangement of a thousand berths in the sides of the gigantic hull.\par +} +%==[DE] +\xdef\ipsum@par@DE@A{% +Ingenieur Und Dr.Krokowskis Lächeln zog sich gleichsam zurück, bü te an Kraft und Herzlichkeit für den Augenblick etwas ein. Das ist wacker.Und Sie werden hier also keinerlei ärztliche Behandlung in Anspruch nehmen, weder in körperlicher noch in psychischer Hinsicht Nein, ich danke tausendmal sagte Hans Castorp und wäre fast einen Schritt zurückgewichen.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@DE@B{% +Das mit der Seelenzergliederung war zu stark, das hätte nicht kommen dürfen.Au erdem bin ich doch auch wohl ein bi chen abgespannt von der Reise.Leidest du auch so an kalten Fü en Gleichzeitig hat man dann so ein hei es Gesicht, das ist unangenehm.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@DE@C{% +Raum, der sich drehend und fliehend zwischen ihn und seine Pflanzstätte wälzt, bewährt Kräfte, die man gewöhnlich der Zeit vorbehalten glaubt von Stunde zu Stunde stellt er innere Veränderungen her, die den von ihr bewirkten sehr ähnlich sind, aber sie in gewisser Weise übertreffen.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@DE@D{% +August, August sagte Hans Castorp. Aber mich friert Mich friert abscheulich, nämlich am Körper, denn im Gesicht bin ich auffallend echauffiert, da, fühle doch mal, wie ich brenne Diese Zumutung, man solle sein Gesicht befühlen, pa te ganz und gar nicht zu Hans Castorps Natur und berührte ihn selber peinlich.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@DE@E{% +Gleich wann Na, in drei Wochen. Ach so, du fährst wohl schon wieder nach Hause in deinen Gedanken, antwortete Joachim. Nun, warte nur, du kommst ja eben erst an.Drei Wochen sind freilich fast nichts für uns hier oben, aber für dich, der du zu Besuch hier bist und überhaupt nur drei Wochen bleiben sollst, für dich ist es doch eine Menge Zeit.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@DE@F{% +Leichen Ach so Na, höre mal rief Hans Castorp.Und plötzlich geriet er ins Lachen, in ein heftiges, unbezwingliches Lachen, das seine Brust erschütterte und sein vom kühlen Wind etwas steifes Gesicht zu einer leise schmerzenden Grimasse verzog.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@DE@G{% +Gletscher und Firnen und die gewaltigen Bergesriesen Diese Dinger sind doch nicht sehr hoch, wie mir scheint. Doch, sie sind hoch, antwortete Joachim. Du siehst die Baumgrenze fast überall, sie markiert sich ja auffallend scharf, die Fichten hören auf, und damit hört alles auf, aus ist es, Felsen, wie du bemerkst.\par +} +%==[IT] +\xdef\ipsum@par@IT@A{% +Quinci non passa mai anima buona e però, se Caron di te si lagna, ben puoi sapere omai che l suo dir suona.Finito questo, la buia campagna tremò sì forte, che de lo spavento la mente di sudore ancor mi bagna.La terra lagrimosa diede vento, che balenò una luce vermiglia la qual mi vinse ciascun sentimento e caddi come l uom cui sonno piglia.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@IT@B{% +Così discesi del cerchio primaio giù nel secondo, che men loco cinghia e tanto più dolor, che punge a guaio.Stavvi Minòs orribilmente, e ringhia essamina le colpe ne l intrata giudica e manda secondo ch avvinghia.Dico che quando l anima mal nata li vien dinanzi, tutta si confessa e quel conoscitor de le peccata vede qual loco d inferno è da essa cignesi con la coda tante volte quantunque gradi vuol che giù sia messa.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@IT@C{% +Quando vidi costui nel gran diserto, Miserere di me, gridai a lui, qual che tu sii, od ombra od omo certo.Rispuosemi Non omo, omo già fui, e li parenti miei furon lombardi, mantoani per patrïa ambedui.Nacqui sub Iulio, ancor che fosse tardi, e vissi a Roma sotto l buono Augusto nel tempo de li dèi falsi e bugiardi.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@IT@D{% +Quinci fuor quete le lanose gote al nocchier de la livida palude, che ntorno a li occhi avea di fiamme rote.Ma quell anime, ch eran lasse e nude, cangiar colore e dibattero i denti, ratto che nteser le parole crude.Bestemmiavano Dio e lor parenti, l umana spezie e l loco e l tempo e l seme di lor semenza e di lor nascimenti.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@IT@E{% +Quali fioretti dal notturno gelo chinati e chiusi, poi che l sol li mbianca, si drizzan tutti aperti in loro stelo, tal mi fec io di mia virtude stanca, e tanto buono ardire al cor mi corse, ch i cominciai come persona franca Oh pietosa colei che mi soccorse e te cortese ch ubidisti tosto a le vere parole che ti porse Tu m hai con disiderio il cor disposto sì al venir con le parole tue, ch i son tornato nel primo proposto.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@IT@F{% +Questi parea che contra me venisse con la test alta e con rabbiosa fame, sì che parea che l aere ne tremesse.Ed una lupa, che di tutte brame sembiava carca ne la sua magrezza, e molte genti fé già viver grame, questa mi porse tanto di gravezza con la paura ch uscia di sua vista, ch io perdei la speranza de l altezza.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@IT@G{% +GIntesi ch a così fatto tormento enno dannati i peccator carnali, che la ragion sommettono al talento.E come li stornei ne portan l ali nel freddo tempo, a schiera larga e piena, così quel fiato li spiriti mali di qua, di là , di giù, di sù li mena nulla speranza li conforta mai, non che di posa, ma di minor pena.\par +} +%==[SP] +\xdef\ipsum@par@ES@A{% +Vicente López, hemos contemplado con satisfacción en la sala de sus ilustres descendientes, fue preciso que todo Madrid se transformase que la desamortización edificara una ciudad nueva sobre los escombros de los conventos que el Marqués de Pontejos adecentase este lugarón que las reformas arancelarias del 49 y del 68, pusieran patas arriba todo el comercio madrileño que el grande ingenio de Salamanca idease los primeros ferrocarriles que Madrid se colocase, por arte del vapor, a cuarenta horas de ParÃs, y por fin, que hubiera muchas guerras y revoluciones y grandes trastornos en la riqueza individual.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@ES@B{% +D.Baldomero no lo decÃa asà pero sus vagas ideas sobre el asunto se condensaban en una expresión de moda y muy socorrida el mundo marcha.Felizmente para Juanito, estaba allà su madre, en quien se equilibraban maravillosamente el corazón y la inteligencia.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@ES@C{% +Envolverse en él es como vestirse con un cuadro.La industria moderna no inventará nada que iguale a la ingenua poesÃa del mantón, salpicado de flores, flexible, pegadizo y mate, con aquel fleco que tiene algo de los enredos del sueño y aquella brillantez de color que iluminaba las muchedumbres en los tiempos en que su uso era general.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@ES@D{% +Juanito Santa Cruz y Miquis llevaron un dÃa una sartén no sé si a la clase de Novar o a la de Uribe, que explicaba MetafÃsica y frieron un par de huevos.Otras muchas tonterÃas de este jaez cuenta Villalonga, las cuales no copio por no alargar este relato.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@ES@E{% +Porque Madrid no tenÃa de metrópoli más que el nombre y la vanidad ridÃcula.Era un payo con casaca de gentil-hombre y la camisa desgarrada y sucia.Por fin el paleto se disponÃa a ser señor de verdad.Isabel Cordero, que se anticipaba a su época, presintió la traÃda de aguas del Lozoya, en aquellos veranos ardorosos en que el Ayuntamiento refrescaba y alimentaba las fuentes del Berro y de la Teja con cubas de agua sacada de los pozos en aquellos tiempos en que los portales eran sentinas y en que los vecinos iban de un cuarto a otro con el pucherito en la mano, pidiendo por favor un poco de agua para afeitarse.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@ES@F{% +DÃgase lo que se quiera, hija, aquella educación no era buena.Hoy no se puede criar a los hijos de esa manera.Yo qué quieres que te diga, creo que en lo esencial Juanito no ha de faltarnos.Es de casta honrada, tiene la formalidad en la masa de la sangre.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@ES@G{% +Pedro Mata opinaba del propio modo, aplicando a la sociedad y a la polÃtica el sistema de la medicina expectante.La naturaleza se cura sola no hay más que dejarla. Las fuerzas reparatrices lo hacen todo, ayudadas del aire.El hombre se educa sólo en virtud de las suscepciones constantes que determina en su espÃritu la conciencia, ayudada del ambiente social.\par +} +%==[PT] +\xdef\ipsum@par@PT@A{% +Não resuscito Morto tenho eu vivido a vida toda.Trazeis-me rosas d onde as heis trazido, Boa velhinha e minha boa amiga Rosas no inverno permitti que o diga, Sois feiticeira d onde as heis colhido Na primavera de meus annos, ólho, Mas vejo abrolhos e não vejo flôres E vós colhêl-as, como as eu não colho.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@PT@B{% +Então, se por encanto Fallando em ti, mas só, Todo banhado em pranto Me visses, tinhas dó.Tinhas.A piedade É filha da mulher, Que sempre quiz metade D uma afflicção qualquer.Havias ao teu rosto De me apertar a mim, D encher, fartar de gosto, Todo este abysmo sim.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@PT@C{% +Abraços, abraços Que mal nos farão Se Deus me deu braços, Foi essa a razão.Um dia que o alto Me vinha abraçar, Fiquei-lhe d um salto Suspensa no ar.Amores, amores.Deixál-os dizer Se Deus me deu flôres, Foi para as colher.Eu tenho um moreno, Tenho um de outra côr, Tenho um mais pequeno, Tenho outro maior.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@PT@D{% +Astros fio-me em vós, e Deus permitta Que os infelizes sempre em vós se fiem.Intima voz do fundo, bem do fundo D alma me diz e as lagrimas me saltam Vês os milhões de soes que o espaço esmaltam Pisa a terra a teus pés, inda ha mais mundo.Ha depois d esta vida inda outra vida.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@PT@E{% +Bemdito seja Deus Além n aquelle serro Parece que raspou Com uma pá de ferro A terra que encontrou.Nem um só pé de trigo És lá capaz de vêr.Já eu disse commigo Como póde isto ser As arvores arranca O vento muito bem Serve-lhe de alavanca A rama que ellas tem.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@PT@F{% +Foi um diluvio d agua E o furacão, que fez, Emilia até dá mágoa Tantos estragos vês Esta infeliz vÃuva, Foi-lhe o telhado ao ar Depois, já nem da chuva Tinha onde se abrigar.De mais a mais sósinha, Sem ter nenhum dos seus Aqui ao pé ceguinha.\par +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@PT@G{% +Não cabe Em nossa pobre lingua O que a alma sente, á mingua De voz, que só Deus sabe.Um dia, não sei que eu tinha...Uma tristeza tamanha E lembra-me ir á montanha, Que temos aqui vizinha, Onde em tempo me entretinha Horas e horas sósinha Quando ainda se não estranha Que n uma teia de aranha Se prenda uma innocentinha, Ou atraz d uma avesinha Se cance a vêr se a apanha.\par +} +%==[NL] +\xdef\ipsum@par@NL@A{% +Leidschen makker bij mij gelogeerd, met wien ik te Zomerzorg eten zou, om vervolgens over Velzerend naar Velzen te wandelen, waar wij den nacht zouden doorbrengen om s morgens naar de Breezaap te gaan en aldaar wat te botaniseeren, waarvan wij beide groote liefhebbers zijn. +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@NL@B{% +Rampen, die benauwen, kwellen en schokken, en die niet zelden een grooten en hevigen invloed hebben op de vorming van het karakter.De eerste en grootste hebben wij al gehad.Het is, met verlof van Pestalozzi en Prinsen, de school.Dat is een kanker een dagelijks weerkeerend verdriet. +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@NL@C{% +Welnu, er zijn er meer dan men denkt.Het grootworden, hoe schoon en voortreffelijk een uitvinding ook, is de oorzaak veler smarten.Want vooreerst, men steekt lange bloote armen uit de mouwen, groote en den kous uit de broek.Daarbij schaamt men zich dan gewoonlijk dat men nog rijglaarsjes of schoenen met gespen draagt, omdat er altijd eenige voorlijke knapen zijn, die al halve-laarzen hebben, en vroegtijdige juffertjes, die zich op schoenen met lange linten verheffen. +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@NL@D{% +Hebje nog altijd dat strooien soortje zei hij, de punt van degene, die hij genomen had, met het ongeloovigste gezicht van de wereld afbijtende, en toen zijn vroeger onderwerp weer opnemende, daar hij nog niet genoeg van had Jongens, ik vind dat het zoo mal staat als iemand niet rooken kan. +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@NL@E{% +Spreek mij niet van groote-menschen-jammeren Zij halen niet bij deze. Geen koopman die op springen staat ziet met meer angst den dag tegemoet waarop hij zal worden omvergegooid, 11 dan een blijde jongen of vroolijk meisje den dag, waarop men scheiden zal van den dubbelen tand Wij zijn aan de physieke rampen. +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@NL@F{% +Meergemelde natuuronderzoeker heeft even de Dreef verlaten, om in de verrukking van deze vreemdelingen te deelen, maar gaat nu door een allerliefst laantje, waarin de ochtendzon allergeestigst door t hoog geboomte speelt, op de logementen af. +} +\xdef\ipsum@par@NL@G{% +Malle dingen Anders een goed fatsoen.Ik hou niet van die ronde boorden. Boerhave en de nederige inwoner van het malle, kleine stadje waren er mooi mee hij verbeeldde t niet gezien te hebben. Kanje nog al niet rooken, Hildebrand Ik vloog naar den portecigares en bood hem dien aan. +} + +%====SENTENCES +%==[LAT] +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@LAT@A{quam sollicitudin a hendrerit eget pretium ut} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@LAT@B{orci aliquam erat elit pharetra nec aliquet} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@LAT@C{porta sapien curabitur sit amet libero eget} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@LAT@D{auctor at ultrices eu sagittis ut purus} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@LAT@E{erat volutpat curabitur ullamcorper est in mauris} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@LAT@F{arcu turpis ac sem aliquam aliquet dapibus} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@LAT@G{neque ac ipsum nunc fermentum massa at} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@LAT@H{sed massa nunc euismod mauris luctus adipiscing} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@LAT@I{nulla velit vel lectus cras dapibus mauris} +%==[FR] +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@FR@A{Sa réponse fut parfaite, et surtout longue comme un mandement ; elle laissait} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@FR@B{Elle est pourtant bien jolie, cette main ! quel charme ! quelle noblesse} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@FR@C{Bientôt, il ne fut plus question dans Verrières que de voir qui l’emporterait} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@FR@D{Le soleil est fort chaud dans ces montagnes ; lorsqu’il brille d’aplomb} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@FR@E{Esclaves du temps de la domination espagnole, ils conservent encore ce} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@FR@F{Tout occupés à suivre exactement la marque noire tracée sur la pièce} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@FR@G{Le lendemain, dès cinq heures, avant que Mme de Rênal fût visible} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@FR@H{Des flots de fumée de tabac, s’élançant de la bouche de tous} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@FR@I{Mme de Rênal, se promenant avec M Valenod et le sous-préfet} +%==[EN] +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@EN@A{I saw also piles of Bibles, which were to be distributed in the church} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@EN@B{I saw an object moving for several moments at the bows, but it turned out} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@EN@C{I returned by the boulevards on the starboard side, avoiding contact with} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@EN@D{Everything was finished by evening; not a trace of mud was visible on the} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@EN@E{A black mire that British mud which is so rarely absent from the pavement} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@EN@F{What were we against the husband, the master? Nothing} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@EN@G{I, following the general example, staked my dollar, and fate allotted me} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@EN@H{Numerous vessels, brigs and schooners, were awaiting the tide; steamers} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@EN@I{Beside the Great Eastern, these three-mast ships looked like barges; their} +%==[DE] +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@DE@A{ersten Stockwerk blieb Hans Castorp plötzlich stehen festgebannt} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@DE@B{erdem sei sie kDEschsüchtig wie übrigens die meisten} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@DE@C{siehst die Baumgrenze fast überall sie markiert sich ja auffallend} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@DE@D{Verlobter war bei ihr englischer Marineoffizier aber er benahm} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@DE@E{Joachim hatte das Deckenlicht eingeschaltet und in seiner zitternden} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@DE@F{Schwebend zwischen ihnen und dem Unbekannten fragte} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@DE@G{hielt an einer kleinen Station es war Davos Dorf wie Hans Castorp} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@DE@H{ungefähr fünfunddrei ig Jahre alt breitschultrig fett bedeutend} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@DE@I{spielt oder um jedes Präsens geflissentlich zu vermeiden} +%==[ES] +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@ES@A{Juanito Santa Cruz y Miquis llevaron un dÃa una sartén} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@ES@B{sublime es el más discreto y las bocas más elocuentes aquellas} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@ES@C{innovador fue Senquá del cual puede decirse que representaba} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@ES@D{Fedro y Cicerón no se hubieran incomodado si estuvieran oyendo} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@ES@E{verle unÃase el temor de que le sorbieran aquellos gabachos} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@ES@F{compensar las pérdidas de la quemazón urgÃa plantear} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@ES@G{Eulalia Muñoz era muy vanidosa y decÃa que no habÃa} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@ES@H{auxiliar eficacÃsimo de Casarredonda en sus valiosas contratas} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@ES@I{Baldomero no lo decÃa asà pero sus vagas ideas sobre el asunto} +%==[IT] +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@IT@A{quando tu sarai nel dolce mondo priegoti ch a la mente altrui} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@IT@B{Così andammo infino a la lumera parlando cose che l tacere} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@IT@C{Semiramìs di cui si legge che succedette a Nino e fu sua sposa} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@IT@D{Allor fu la paura un poco queta che nel lago del cor m era durata} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@IT@E{vizio di lussuria fu sì rotta che libito fé licito in sua legge} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@IT@F{altra è colei che s ancise amorosa e ruppe fede al cener} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@IT@G{Disse Beatrice loda di Dio vera ché non soccorri} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@IT@H{conoscer la prima radice del nostro amor tu hai cotanto affetto} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@IT@I{Tutti lo miran tutti onor li fanno quivi vid ïo Socrate e PITone} +%==[PT] +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@PT@A{espaço immenso Se amada estrella olhar piedoso envia} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@PT@B{Dorme dorme Vergontea de marfim Mas dize o espelho a imagem} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@PT@C{Está a porta aberta E vejo alumiada A parte descoberta} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@PT@D{ainda o pranto corria E o cabello me batia No rosto que me doÃa} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@PT@E{quando abraço e beijo O travesseiro e assim Acórdo} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@PT@F{Girar talvez Em quanto a minha sombra meus amores} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@PT@G{tempo simplesmente A flôr que vai nascendo e mais valia Seres} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@PT@H{olhos só elles valem Duas estrellas bem vês Pois vozes} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@PT@I{Enfeitiçaes que a formosura crêde Não vem da face avelludada} +%==[NL] +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@NL@A{Hertebaan vertoonen zich hier en daar een paar jonge dames} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@NL@B{zijner majesteit onmiddellijke 15 tegenwoordigheid} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@NL@C{morgen tweemaal op t bord zijt geschreven eens omdat} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@NL@D{grooten schreeuw gaaft gij uwe vreugde over het laatste artikel} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@NL@E{halsboord had 23 het door de warmte het was zeer warm weder} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@NL@F{konden hoe zouden zij zich op den grappenmaker wreken} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@NL@G{gewoonlijk hoogrood als hij binnen moet komen om aan oom en tante} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@NL@H{species rangschikt en men tevens achtslaat op de vreemde vogelen} +\xdef\ipsum@sentence@NL@I{Waagdet gij nog eens een oude anecdote die u veel genoegen verschaft} + +%====COMMANDS +\NewDocumentCommand\ipsum{ D<>{} O{1} }{% + \useKVdefault[ipsumdummy]% + \setKV[ipsumdummy]{#1}% + %RANGE + \IfSubStr{#2}{-}% + {% + \StrCut{#2}{-}{\ipsumrangegeb}{\ipsumrangeend}% + \xintifboolexpr{\ipsumrangegeb < 1}{\xdef\ipsumrangegeb{1}}{}% + \IfEq{\ipsumtype}{par}% + {% + \xintifboolexpr{\ipsumrangeend > 7}{\xdef\ipsumrangeend{7}}{}% + }{}% + \IfEq{\ipsumtype}{sent}% + {% + \xintifboolexpr{\ipsumrangeend > 9}{\xdef\ipsumrangeend{9}}{}% + }{}% + \IfEq{\ipsumtype}{enum}% + {% + \xintifboolexpr{\ipsumrangeend > 9}{\xdef\ipsumrangeend{9}}{}% + }{}% + \IfEq{\ipsumtype}{item}% + {% + \xintifboolexpr{\ipsumrangeend > 9}{\xdef\ipsumrangeend{9}}{}% + }{}% + \xdef\ipsumrange{}% + \xintFor* ##1 in {\xintSeq{\ipsumrangegeb}{\ipsumrangeend}}\do{\xdef\ipsumrange{\ipsumrange##1}}% + }% + {% + \xintifboolexpr{#2 < 1 'or' #2 > 8}{\xdef\ipsumrange{1}}{\xdef\ipsumrange{#2}}% + }% + %TYPE PAR + \IfEq{\ipsumtype}{par}% + {% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{FR}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\ipsum@par@FR@A}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\ipsum@par@FR@B}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\ipsum@par@FR@C}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\ipsum@par@FR@D}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\ipsum@par@FR@E}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\ipsum@par@FR@F}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\ipsum@par@FR@G}{}% + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{EN}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\ipsum@par@EN@A}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\ipsum@par@EN@B}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\ipsum@par@EN@C}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\ipsum@par@EN@D}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\ipsum@par@EN@E}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\ipsum@par@EN@F}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\ipsum@par@EN@G}{}% + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{DE}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\ipsum@par@DE@A}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\ipsum@par@DE@B}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\ipsum@par@DE@C}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\ipsum@par@DE@D}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\ipsum@par@DE@E}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\ipsum@par@DE@F}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\ipsum@par@DE@G}{}% + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{IT}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\ipsum@par@IT@A}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\ipsum@par@IT@B}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\ipsum@par@IT@C}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\ipsum@par@IT@D}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\ipsum@par@IT@E}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\ipsum@par@IT@F}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\ipsum@par@IT@G}{}% + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{LAT}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\ipsum@par@LAT@A}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\ipsum@par@LAT@B}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\ipsum@par@LAT@C}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\ipsum@par@LAT@D}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\ipsum@par@LAT@E}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\ipsum@par@LAT@F}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\ipsum@par@LAT@G}{}% + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{ES}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\ipsum@par@ES@A}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\ipsum@par@ES@B}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\ipsum@par@ES@C}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\ipsum@par@ES@D}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\ipsum@par@ES@E}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\ipsum@par@ES@F}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\ipsum@par@ES@G}{}% + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{PT}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\ipsum@par@PT@A}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\ipsum@par@PT@B}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\ipsum@par@PT@C}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\ipsum@par@PT@D}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\ipsum@par@PT@E}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\ipsum@par@PT@F}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\ipsum@par@PT@G}{}% + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{NL}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\ipsum@par@NL@A}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\ipsum@par@NL@B}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\ipsum@par@NL@C}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\ipsum@par@NL@D}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\ipsum@par@NL@E}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\ipsum@par@NL@F}{}% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\ipsum@par@NL@G}{}% + }% + {}% + }% + {} + %TYPE PAR + \IfEq{\ipsumtype}{sent}% + {% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{FR}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\ipsum@sentence@FR@A}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\ipsum@sentence@FR@B}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\ipsum@sentence@FR@C}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\ipsum@sentence@FR@D}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\ipsum@sentence@FR@E}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\ipsum@sentence@FR@F}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\ipsum@sentence@FR@G}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\ipsum@sentence@FR@H}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\ipsum@sentence@FR@I}{}\par% + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{EN}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\ipsum@sentence@EN@A}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\ipsum@sentence@EN@B}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\ipsum@sentence@EN@C}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\ipsum@sentence@EN@D}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\ipsum@sentence@EN@E}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\ipsum@sentence@EN@F}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\ipsum@sentence@EN@G}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\ipsum@sentence@EN@H}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\ipsum@sentence@EN@I}{}\par% + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{DE}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\ipsum@sentence@DE@A}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\ipsum@sentence@DE@B}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\ipsum@sentence@DE@C}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\ipsum@sentence@DE@D}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\ipsum@sentence@DE@E}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\ipsum@sentence@DE@F}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\ipsum@sentence@DE@G}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\ipsum@sentence@DE@H}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\ipsum@sentence@DE@I}{}\par% + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{IT}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\ipsum@sentence@IT@A}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\ipsum@sentence@IT@B}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\ipsum@sentence@IT@C}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\ipsum@sentence@IT@D}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\ipsum@sentence@IT@E}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\ipsum@sentence@IT@F}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\ipsum@sentence@IT@G}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\ipsum@sentence@IT@H}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\ipsum@sentence@IT@I}{}\par% + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{LAT}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\ipsum@sentence@LAT@A}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\ipsum@sentence@LAT@B}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\ipsum@sentence@LAT@C}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\ipsum@sentence@LAT@D}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\ipsum@sentence@LAT@E}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\ipsum@sentence@LAT@F}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\ipsum@sentence@LAT@G}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\ipsum@sentence@LAT@H}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\ipsum@sentence@LAT@I}{}\par% + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{ES}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\ipsum@sentence@ES@A}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\ipsum@sentence@ES@B}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\ipsum@sentence@ES@C}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\ipsum@sentence@ES@D}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\ipsum@sentence@ES@E}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\ipsum@sentence@ES@F}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\ipsum@sentence@ES@G}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\ipsum@sentence@ES@H}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\ipsum@sentence@ES@I}{}\par% + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{PT}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\ipsum@sentence@PT@A}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\ipsum@sentence@PT@B}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\ipsum@sentence@PT@C}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\ipsum@sentence@PT@D}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\ipsum@sentence@PT@E}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\ipsum@sentence@PT@F}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\ipsum@sentence@PT@G}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\ipsum@sentence@PT@H}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\ipsum@sentence@PT@I}{}\par% + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{NL}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\ipsum@sentence@NL@A}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\ipsum@sentence@NL@B}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\ipsum@sentence@NL@C}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\ipsum@sentence@NL@D}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\ipsum@sentence@NL@E}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\ipsum@sentence@NL@F}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\ipsum@sentence@NL@G}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\ipsum@sentence@NL@H}{}\par% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\ipsum@sentence@NL@I}{}\par% + }% + {}% + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumtype}{enum}% + {% + \begin{enumerate} + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{FR}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\item \ipsum@sentence@FR@A}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\item \ipsum@sentence@FR@B}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\item \ipsum@sentence@FR@C}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\item \ipsum@sentence@FR@D}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\item \ipsum@sentence@FR@E}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\item \ipsum@sentence@FR@F}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\item \ipsum@sentence@FR@G}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\item \ipsum@sentence@FR@H}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\item \ipsum@sentence@FR@I}{} + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{EN}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\item \ipsum@sentence@EN@A}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\item \ipsum@sentence@EN@B}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\item \ipsum@sentence@EN@C}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\item \ipsum@sentence@EN@D}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\item \ipsum@sentence@EN@E}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\item \ipsum@sentence@EN@F}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\item \ipsum@sentence@EN@G}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\item \ipsum@sentence@EN@H}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\item \ipsum@sentence@EN@I}{} + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{DE}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\item \ipsum@sentence@DE@A}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\item \ipsum@sentence@DE@B}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\item \ipsum@sentence@DE@C}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\item \ipsum@sentence@DE@D}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\item \ipsum@sentence@DE@E}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\item \ipsum@sentence@DE@F}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\item \ipsum@sentence@DE@G}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\item \ipsum@sentence@DE@H}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\item \ipsum@sentence@DE@I}{} + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{IT}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\item \ipsum@sentence@IT@A}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\item \ipsum@sentence@IT@B}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\item \ipsum@sentence@IT@C}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\item \ipsum@sentence@IT@D}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\item \ipsum@sentence@IT@E}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\item \ipsum@sentence@IT@F}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\item \ipsum@sentence@IT@G}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\item \ipsum@sentence@IT@H}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\item \ipsum@sentence@IT@I}{} + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{LAT}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\item \ipsum@sentence@LAT@A}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\item \ipsum@sentence@LAT@B}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\item \ipsum@sentence@LAT@C}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\item \ipsum@sentence@LAT@D}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\item \ipsum@sentence@LAT@E}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\item \ipsum@sentence@LAT@F}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\item \ipsum@sentence@LAT@G}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\item \ipsum@sentence@LAT@H}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\item \ipsum@sentence@LAT@I}{} + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{ES}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\item \ipsum@sentence@ES@A}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\item \ipsum@sentence@ES@B}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\item \ipsum@sentence@ES@C}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\item \ipsum@sentence@ES@D}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\item \ipsum@sentence@ES@E}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\item \ipsum@sentence@ES@F}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\item \ipsum@sentence@ES@G}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\item \ipsum@sentence@ES@H}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\item \ipsum@sentence@ES@I}{} + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{PT}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\item \ipsum@sentence@PT@A}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\item \ipsum@sentence@PT@B}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\item \ipsum@sentence@PT@C}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\item \ipsum@sentence@PT@D}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\item \ipsum@sentence@PT@E}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\item \ipsum@sentence@PT@F}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\item \ipsum@sentence@PT@G}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\item \ipsum@sentence@PT@H}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\item \ipsum@sentence@PT@I}{} + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{NL}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\item \ipsum@sentence@NL@A}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\item \ipsum@sentence@NL@B}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\item \ipsum@sentence@NL@C}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\item \ipsum@sentence@NL@D}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\item \ipsum@sentence@NL@E}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\item \ipsum@sentence@NL@F}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\item \ipsum@sentence@NL@G}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\item \ipsum@sentence@NL@H}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\item \ipsum@sentence@NL@I}{} + }% + {}% + \end{enumerate} + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumtype}{item}% + {% + \begin{itemize} + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{FR}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\item \ipsum@sentence@FR@A}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\item \ipsum@sentence@FR@B}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\item \ipsum@sentence@FR@C}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\item \ipsum@sentence@FR@D}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\item \ipsum@sentence@FR@E}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\item \ipsum@sentence@FR@F}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\item \ipsum@sentence@FR@G}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\item \ipsum@sentence@FR@H}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\item \ipsum@sentence@FR@I}{} + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{EN}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\item \ipsum@sentence@EN@A}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\item \ipsum@sentence@EN@B}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\item \ipsum@sentence@EN@C}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\item \ipsum@sentence@EN@D}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\item \ipsum@sentence@EN@E}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\item \ipsum@sentence@EN@F}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\item \ipsum@sentence@EN@G}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\item \ipsum@sentence@EN@H}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\item \ipsum@sentence@EN@I}{} + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{DE}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\item \ipsum@sentence@DE@A}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\item \ipsum@sentence@DE@B}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\item \ipsum@sentence@DE@C}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\item \ipsum@sentence@DE@D}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\item \ipsum@sentence@DE@E}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\item \ipsum@sentence@DE@F}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\item \ipsum@sentence@DE@G}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\item \ipsum@sentence@DE@H}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\item \ipsum@sentence@DE@I}{} + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{IT}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\item \ipsum@sentence@IT@A}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\item \ipsum@sentence@IT@B}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\item \ipsum@sentence@IT@C}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\item \ipsum@sentence@IT@D}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\item \ipsum@sentence@IT@E}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\item \ipsum@sentence@IT@F}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\item \ipsum@sentence@IT@G}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\item \ipsum@sentence@IT@H}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\item \ipsum@sentence@IT@I}{} + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{LAT}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\item \ipsum@sentence@LAT@A}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\item \ipsum@sentence@LAT@B}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\item \ipsum@sentence@LAT@C}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\item \ipsum@sentence@LAT@D}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\item \ipsum@sentence@LAT@E}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\item \ipsum@sentence@LAT@F}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\item \ipsum@sentence@LAT@G}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\item \ipsum@sentence@LAT@H}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\item \ipsum@sentence@LAT@I}{} + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{ES}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\item \ipsum@sentence@ES@A}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\item \ipsum@sentence@ES@B}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\item \ipsum@sentence@ES@C}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\item \ipsum@sentence@ES@D}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\item \ipsum@sentence@ES@E}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\item \ipsum@sentence@ES@F}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\item \ipsum@sentence@ES@G}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\item \ipsum@sentence@ES@H}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\item \ipsum@sentence@ES@I}{} + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{PT}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\item \ipsum@sentence@PT@A}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\item \ipsum@sentence@PT@B}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\item \ipsum@sentence@PT@C}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\item \ipsum@sentence@PT@D}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\item \ipsum@sentence@PT@E}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\item \ipsum@sentence@PT@F}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\item \ipsum@sentence@PT@G}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\item \ipsum@sentence@PT@H}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\item \ipsum@sentence@PT@I}{} + }% + {}% + \IfEq{\ipsumlg}{NL}% + {% + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{1}{\item \ipsum@sentence@NL@A}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{2}{\item \ipsum@sentence@NL@B}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{3}{\item \ipsum@sentence@NL@C}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{4}{\item \ipsum@sentence@NL@D}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{5}{\item \ipsum@sentence@NL@E}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{6}{\item \ipsum@sentence@NL@F}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{7}{\item \ipsum@sentence@NL@G}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{8}{\item \ipsum@sentence@NL@H}{} + \IfSubStr{\ipsumrange}{9}{\item \ipsum@sentence@NL@I}{} + }% + {}% + \end{itemize} + }% + {}% +} + +\endinput
\ No newline at end of file |